ML12174A148: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
{{#Wiki_filter:Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Insert Control Rods by De-Energizing the Scram Solenoids JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM a (LS-029-I)
Page 1 of 8  Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Insert Control Rods by De
Revision Number: 06 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:
-Energizing the Scram Solenoids JPM Number:
Instructor                           Date Validated By:
2012 NRC JPM a (LS
SME or Instructor                       Date Reviewed By:
-029-I) Revision Number:
Operations Representative                     Date Approved By:
06 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:
Training Department                       Date NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Instructor Date Validated By:
Page 1 of 8
SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:
 
Operations Representative Date Approved By:
2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Training Department Date 2012 NRC JPM a
- Rev 06  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
\2012\Quad Cities
\AS GIVEN EXAM
\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 8 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________         1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________         2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
________         3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________         4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________         5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________         6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________         7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________         8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                         Rev:
Procedure Rev:   Procedure Rev:   Procedure Rev:   ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
Procedure                         Rev:
________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate
Procedure                         Rev:
________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________         9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
________         10. Verify performance time is accurate
SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date 2012 NRC JPM a
________         11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
- Rev 06  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
________         12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
\2012\Quad Cities
SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
\AS GIVEN EXAM
Page 2 of 8
\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
Page 3 of 8 Revision Record (Summary)
2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 05, JPM updated to reflect format and procedure changes.
Revision 05,           JPM updated to reflect format and procedure changes.
Revision 06, JPM updated to reflect format and procedure changes for 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
Revision 06,           JPM updated to reflect format and procedure changes for 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
2012 NRC JPM a
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
- Rev 06  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
Page 3 of 8
\2012\Quad Cities
 
\AS GIVEN EXAM
2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 8 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to any IC.
: 1. Reset to any IC.
: 2. Go to RUN. (Note: Manual Actuations must be performed prior to running the CAEP file.)
: 2. Go to RUN.
: 3. Provide a current revision of QCOP 0300
(Note: Manual Actuations must be performed prior to running the CAEP file.)
-28 with Prerequisites signed off by Unit Supervisor (US).
: 3. Provide a current revision of QCOP 0300-28 with Prerequisites signed off by Unit Supervisor (US).
: 4. This JPM will de
: 4. This JPM will de-energize RPS scram solenoids. If this results in a conflict with the other JPMs that are being performed concurrently, use the following commands to maintain reactor power:
-energize RPS scram solenoids. If this results in a conflict with the other JPMs that are being performed concurrently, use the following commands to maintain reactor power:
imf rd13a 100 (Scram Discharge Volume North hydraulic lock) imf rd13b 100 (Scram Discharge Volume South hydraulic lock)
imf rd13a 100 (Scram Discharge Volume North hydraulic lock) imf rd13b 100 (Scram Discharge Volume South hydraulic lock)
: 5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklis t. 6. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 6. This completes the setup for this JPM.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 8


2012 NRC JPM a  
2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 INITIAL CONDITIONS
- Rev 06 G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
      -   You are the Unit 2 Assist NSO.
\2012\Quad Cities
      -   An ATWS has occurred on Unit 1 with reactor power currently at 15%.
\AS GIVEN EXAM
      -   The scram valves are NOT open.
\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
      -   QCOP 0300-28 has been entered. The following actions are being taken:
Page 5 of 8 INITIAL CONDITIONS
o The CRD 25 valve is open and the NSO is manually inserting Control Rods from the 5-panel.
- You are the Unit 2 Assist NSO.
o Reactor level is being controlled by the low flow valve.
- An ATWS has occurred on Unit 1 with reactor power currently at 15%.
- The scram valves are NOT open.
- QCOP 0300-28 has been entered. The following actions are being taken: o The CRD 25 valve is open and the NSO is manually inserting Control Rods from the 5-panel. o Reactor level is being controlled by the low flow valve.
o An operator has been sent to vent the scram air header.
o An operator has been sent to vent the scram air header.
- This JPM is not time critical.
      -   This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CU E Perform QCOP 0300
INITIATING CUE Perform QCOP 0300-28 Step F.2.
-28 Step F.2.
Provide examinee with: QCOP 0300-28 when the candidate has located the correct packet in the QGA file.
Provide examinee with:
EVALUATOR: Start the clock when the candidate starts implementation of 0300-28.
QCOP 0300-28 when the candidate has located the correct packet in the QGA file.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
EVALUATOR:
Information For Evaluators Use:
Start the clock when the candidate starts implementation of 0300
-28. Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
* Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 8


2012 NRC JPM a  
2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 JPM Start Time:
- Rev 06 G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
Comment STEP                 ELEMENT                           STANDARD                  SAT   UNSAT Number Obtain procedure and               Locates packet for QCOP 0300-       ___  ___      ___
\2012\Quad Cities
equipment to be used.              28 in QGA equipment storage
\AS GIVEN EXAM
* QCOP 0300-28                cabinet in CR/Simulator.
\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
* Fuse Pullers CUE:       After the necessary procedures/equipment have been obtained from the packet for QCOP 0300-28, provide the candidate with a (Yellow/Working) copy of QCOP 0300-28.
Page 6 of 8  JPM Start Time:
Identify the safety equipment to   Safety Glasses and (if the           ___  ___      ___
STEP ELEMENT SAT STANDARD UNSAT Comment Number Obtain procedure and equipment to be used.
be used.                            candidates shirt is not 100%
QCOP 0300-28  Fuse Pullers Locates packet for QCOP 0300
cotton) the blue safety over-shirt are identified for safety equipment.
-
EVALUATOR: The fuses removed in the following steps will de-energize the scram solenoids. Control rod insertion is blocked to allow other JPMs to be performed concurrently. Step order is NOT critical Candidate removes the
28 in QGA equipment storage cabinet in CR/Simulator.
  *F.2.a. *Remove fuses in the 901-15                                     ___ ___                  ___
___ ___ ___ CUE: After the necessary procedures/equipment have been obtained from the packet for QCOP 0300
following fuses, with fuse panel at Terminal board C.
-28, provide the candidate with a (Yellow/Working) copy of QCOP 0300-28. Identify the safety equipment to be used. Safety Glasses and (if the candidates shirt is not 100% cotton) the blue safety over
* pullers:
-shirt are identified for safety equipment.
F5, 590-715A F6, 590-715C F7, 590-715E F8, 590-715G Candidate removes the
___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR: The fuses removed in the following steps will de
*F.2.b.   *Remove fuses in the 901-17                                             ___  ___      ___
-energize the scram solenoids. Control rod insertion is blocked to allow other JPMs to be performed concurrently. Step order is NOT critical
following fuses, with fuse panel at Terminal Board C.
  *F.2.a. Remove fuses in the 901
* pullers:
-15 panel at Terminal board "C". Candidate removes the following fuses, with fuse pullers: F5, 590-715A F6, 590-715C F7, 590-715E F8, 590-715G ___ ___ ___ *F.2.b. Remove fuses in the 901
F5, 590-715B F6, 590-715D F7, 590-715F F8, 590-715H CUE:     The Unit NSO reports that all control rods have fully inserted. The US is exiting QGA 101 and another Unit 2 operator will re-install the fuses.
-17 panel at Terminal Board "C". Candidate removes the following fuses, with fuse pullers: F5, 590-715B F6, 590-715D F7, 590-715F F8, 590-715H ___ ___ ___ CUE: The Unit NSO reports that all control rods have fully inserted. The US is exiting QGA 101 and another Unit 2 operator will re
EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.
-install the fuses.
EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 8


2012 NRC JPM a  
2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 JPM  
- Rev 06 G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
\2012\Quad Cities
\AS GIVEN EXAM
\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 8 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name
Operators Name:                                                 Job
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title:
 
Insert Control Rods by De
==Title:==
-Energizing the Scram Solenoids JPM Number:
EO         RO     SRO       FS STA/IA           SRO Cert JPM
2012 NRC JPM a (LS
 
-029-I) Revision Number:
==Title:==
Task Number and Title:
Insert Control Rods by De-Energizing the Scram Solenoids JPM Number:             2012 NRC JPM a (LS-029-I)                         Revision Number: 06 Task Number and
06 SR-0300-P07 (Freq: LIC=B) Given a reactor plant in an ATWS condition (QGA), perform the NSO actions to insert control rods in accordance with QCOP 0300-28. K/A Number and Importance:
 
K/A: 295037 EA1.01 Rating: 4.6/4.6 ATWS: Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: RPS Suggested Testing Environment:
==Title:==
Simulator Alternate Path:
SR-0300-P07 (Freq: LIC=B) Given a reactor plant in an ATWS condition (QGA), perform the NSO actions to insert control rods in accordance with QCOP 0300-28.
Yes No SRO Only: Yes N o Time Critical:
K/A Number and Importance:                           K/A: 295037 EA1.01       Rating:         4.6/4.6 ATWS: Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: RPS Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:         Yes         No     SRO Only:     Yes     No      Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s): QCOP 0300-28, Rev. 30, ALTERNATE CONTROL ROD INSERTION Actual Testing Environment:                   Simulator       Control Room         In-Plant       Other Testing Method:                 Simulate           Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 7 minutes                           Actual Time Used:           minutes EVALUATION  
Yes No Reference(s):
QCOP 0300-28, Rev. 30, ALTERNATE CONTROL ROD INSERTION Actual Testing Environment:
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
7 minutes Actual Time Used:
minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:               Evaluator's Name
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
Page 7 of 8
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS
INITIAL CONDITIONS
  - You are the Unit 2 Assist NSO.
  - You are the Unit 2 Assist NSO.
  - An ATWS has occurred on Unit 1 with reactor power currently at 15%.
  - An ATWS has occurred on Unit 1 with reactor power currently at 15%.
  - The scram valves are NOT open.
  - The scram valves are NOT open.
  - QCOP 0300-28 has been entered. The following actions are being taken:
  - QCOP 0300-28 has been entered. The following actions are being taken:
o The CRD 25 valve is open and the NSO is manually inserting Control Rods from the 5-panel. o Reactor level is being controlled by the low flow valve.
o The CRD 25 valve is open and the NSO is manually inserting Control Rods from the 5-panel.
o Reactor level is being controlled by the low flow valve.
o An operator has been sent to vent the scram air header.
o An operator has been sent to vent the scram air header.
  - This JPM is not time critical.
  - This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE Perform QCOP 0300
INITIATING CUE Perform QCOP 0300-28 Step F.2.
-28 Step F.2.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure JPM Title Here Formatted Return B Core Spray to Standby After Test Formatted JPM Number: XXYYZZXX2012 NRC JPM b Revision Number: ##01 Date: ## 04/ ## 05/ 2012##
Page 1 of 1 2  Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure JPM Title Here Return B Core Spray to Standby After Test JPM Number: XXYYZZXX2012 NRC JPM b Revision Number: ##0 1  Date: ## 0 4/ ## 0 5/ 2012##
Developed By:
Developed By:
Instructor Date Validated By:
Instructor             Date Validated By:
SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:
SME or Instructor             Date Reviewed By:
Operations Representative Date Approved By:
Operations Representative         Date Approved By:
Training Department Date FormattedFormatted
Training Department             Date NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
Page 1 of 12
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                              Rev:
Procedure                              Rev:
Procedure                              Rev:
________    9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    10. Verify performance time is accurate
________    11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                                  Date SME / Instructor                                  Date SME / Instructor                                  Date NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
 
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Revision Record (Summary)
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
Revision 00,     {Put reason for writing this JPM under Revision 00, for all subsequent revisions annotate the changes that were made.}This JPM was developed new for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure Rev:  Procedure Rev:  Procedure Rev:  ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date 
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, {Put reason for writing this JPM under Revision 00, for all subsequent revisions annotate the changes that were made.}This JPM was developed new for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.


{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
- rev Rev 00 XX NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC XX Reset the simulator to any IC at normal operating pressure; IC 20 for the 2012 NRC Exam.
NOTE:      It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Do this second {Add steps to describe additional simulator setup steps (e.g., Load Computer Aided Exercise ZZZZ or jcae! ZZZZ)}Start the B Core Spray Loop in the Test mode:
* Start the 1B Core Spray Pump.                                                                Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
* Open the Test Valve 4B to achieve 4500 gpm.
: 3. Be prepared to insert the following commands during JPM performance:
(Commands are contained in JPM b.cae and 2012 NRC JPM Day 2 of 2 JPM.cae)
* ior dilohs114024b2 off (Test Valve 4B Red light overridden off)                            Formatted
* ior dihs114024b open (Test Valve 4B CS overridden to OPEN)                                  Formatted
* ior dihs114024b norm (Test Valve 4B CS overridden to NORM)                                  Formatted
* dor dihs114024b (Test Valve 4B CS Override deleted)
* trgset 1 zdihs114024b(2).eq.1 (Sets Event Trigger 1 as the Test Valve 4B CS taken to      Formatted OPEN)
* trg 1 dor lohs114024b2 (Test Valve 4B Red light override deleted on event Trigger 1)      Formatted
: 4. Provide a copy of QCOS 1400-01 (Current Revision) Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test marked up as follows:
* D. Prerequisites o D.1.a Unit 1 o D.1 b IST Group B Pump Test CHECKED IST Comprehensive Pump Test MARKED N/A Post Maintenance WOs, MARKED N/A Partial for: B LOOP ONLY and CHECKED Other, MARKED N/A o D.1.c signed as Unit Supervisor, Date=Today, Time= Current o D.2 and D.4 completed by NSO o D.3, D.5, D.6, and D.7 MARKED N/A
* E and F, all steps CIRCLED AND SLASHED
* G left unmarked
* H.1 marked N/A (Continued)
NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
 
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC XX Reset the simulator to any IC at normal operating pressure; IC 20 for the 2012 NRC Exam
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX
. NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.  
* H.2 completed through step H.2.p.(4)                                                        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering o The following steps marked N/A:
: 2. Do this second {Add steps to describe additional simulator setup steps (e.g., Load Computer Aided Exercise ZZZZ or jcae! ZZZZ)}Start the B Core Spray Loop in the Test mode:  Start the 1B Core Spray Pump
H.2.a H.2.b H.2.i H.2.l.(2)
. Open the Test Valve 4B to achieve 4500 gpm
H.2.l.(4)
. 3. Be prepared to insert the following commands during JPM performance
H.2.n.(2)
: (Commands are contained in JPM b.cae and 2012 NRC JPM Day 2 o f 2 JPM.cae)  ior d i lo hs114024b2 off (Test Valve 4B Red light overridden off) ior dihs114024b o pen (Test Valve 4B C S overridden to OPEN) ior dihs114024b norm (Test Valve 4B CS overridden to NORM) dor dihs114024b (Test Valve 4B CS Override deleted) trgset 1 "zdihs114024b(2).eq.1" (Sets Event Trigger 1 as the Test Valve 4B CS taken to OPEN) trg 1 "dor lohs114024b2
H.2.n (3)
" (Test Valve 4B Red light override deleted on event Trigger 1) 4. Provide a copy of QCOS 1400
H.2.p.(4) o Record values for the following steps:
-01 (Current Revision) Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test marked up as follows:
H.2.c      75 psig H.2.f 410 psig H.2.l.(1) 7 psig H.2.n (1) 4550 gpm, (discharge) 265 psig, (Inlet) 7 psig, 258 psid
D. Prerequisites o D.1.a Unit 1 o D.1 b  IST Group B Pump Test CHECKED  IST Comprehensive Pump Test MARKED N/A  Post Maintenance WOs, MARKED N/
* Signed off by NSO
A  Partial for: B LOOP ONLY and CHECKED Other, MARKED N/A o D.1.c signed as Unit Supervisor, Date=Today, Time= Current o D.2 and D.4 completed by NSO o D.3, D.5, D.6, and D.7 MARKED N/A E and F, all steps CIRCLED AND SLASHED G left unmarked H.1 marked N/A (Continued) Formatted:
* Verified by US H.2.p.(1) 75 psig H.2.p.(2) 75 psig o Step H.2.g signed off by EO.
Bullets and NumberingFormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormatted
o Remaining steps signed off as NSO.
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
* Short Duration Time Clock paperwork with Unit 1 and date today filled in. Time clock start 15 minutes ago filled in.
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
* IST Data Sheet attached.
* Be prepared to provide a blank Short Duration Time Clock form for MO 1-1402-4B open during JPM administration.
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering 3.Do this next {Add steps to describe additional panel setup requirements for this JPM (e.g.,
re-align systems; hang tags, hang postings, etc.}
4.5.             When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
5.6.             This completes the setup for this JPM.
NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
H.2 completed through step H.2.p.(4) o The following steps marked N/A:
 
H.2.a  H.2.b  H.2.i  H.2.l.(2)  H.2.l.(4)  H.2.n.(2)  H.2.n (3)  H.2.p.(4) o Record values for the following steps:
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX INITIAL CONDITIONS
H.2.c    75 psig  H.2.f 410 psig  H.2.l.(1)  7 psig  H.2.n (1)  4550 gpm, (discharge) 265 psig, (Inlet) 7 psig, 258 psid Signed off by NSO Verified by US H.2.p.(1)  75 psig H.2.p.(2)  75 psig o Step H.2.g signed off by EO
{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g.,   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering an extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}You are the Unit 1 ANSO.
. o Remaining steps signed off as NSO.
Unit 1 is at rated power.
Short Duration Time Clock paperwork with Unit "1" and date "today" filled in. Time clock start "15 minutes ago" filled in.
IST Data Sheet attached.
Be prepared to provide a blank Short Duration Time Clock form for MO 1
-1402-4B open during JPM administration
. 3.Do this next {Add steps to describe additional panel setup requirements for this JPM (e.g., re-align systems; hang tags, hang postings, etc.}
4.5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
5.6. This completes the setup for this JPM.
Formatted:
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
Bullets and Numbering
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
  {Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., an extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}You are the Unit 1 ANSO. Unit 1 is at rated power.
QCOS 1400-01 Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test is in progress on the B Core Spray Loop.
QCOS 1400-01 Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test is in progress on the B Core Spray Loop.
LCO 3.5.1 Condition B has been entered for B Core Spray Loop inoperable.
LCO 3.5.1 Condition B has been entered for B Core Spray Loop inoperable.
No other LCO s are in effect.
No other LCOs are in effect.
The operability of the ESS Keep Fill pump to B Core Spray has just been verified. The visual inspection for leaks on piping, valves and pump is complete and satisfactory.
The operability of the ESS Keep Fill pump to B Core Spray has just been verified.
The Equipment Operator who is supporting this test is at extension 4040. INITIATING CUE
The visual inspection for leaks on piping, valves and pump is complete and satisfactory.
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}Return the B Core Spray Loop to standby in accordance with QCOS 1400-01, starting at Step H.2.q.
The Equipment Operator who is supporting this test is at extension 4040.
Provide candidate with the marked up copy of QCOS 1400
INITIATING CUE
-01, IST Data Sheet and the SDTC in effect.
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}Return the B Core Spray Loop to standby in accordance with QCOS 1400-01, starting at Step H.2.q.
Provide candidate with the marked up copy of QCOS 1400-01, IST Data Sheet and the SDTC in effect.
DO NOT give the candidate the blank SDTC (on pink paper) until the candidate notifies the US that B Core Spray is going to be made inoperable again.
DO NOT give the candidate the blank SDTC (on pink paper) until the candidate notifies the US that B Core Spray is going to be made inoperable again.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
* Denotes critical elements of a critical step.                                               Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Formatted:
Page 6 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
 
Bullets and Numbering
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.


{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX JPM Start Time:
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Comment STEP                ELEMENT                            STANDARD                    SAT    UNSAT Number Formatted NOTE:          MO 1-1402-4B (Test Valve) is a throttle valve. Per QAP 0300-02, Step D.7, the control switch should be held in the close direction for at least 25 seconds after the valve indicates closed.
*H.2.q    *Close MO 1-1402-4B.*                MO 1-1402-4B control switch          ___    ___      ___
held in the CLOSE position until the Green Closed light is ON and the Red Open Light is OFF.
H.2.r    Verify MO 1-1402-38B opens          MO 1-1402-38B (Minimum Flow          ___    ___      ___
as system flow decreases.            Valve) verified open H.2.s    Notify the Unit Supervisor to        Unit Supervisor notified to exit      ___    ___      ___
exit the LCO for Core Spray          the LCO for Core Spray Loop B Loop B inoperability.                inoperability.
Formatted CUE      EVALUATOR: Role Play Unit Supervisor as necessary to acknowledge the Formatted report that B Core Spray Loop has been returned to OPERABLE.
H.2.t    Verify that the visual              Step H.2.t initialed as complete      ___    ___      ___
inspection of leaks on piping,      base on information provided in valves and pump is complete          the turnover.
*H.2.u    *Stop 1B Core Spray Pump.
* 1B Core Spray Pump                    ___    ___      ___
handswitch taken momentarily to STOP and released to the Normal-After-Trip position
*H.2.v    *Close MO 1-1402-38B.
* MO 1-1402-38B handswitch              ___    ___      ___
taken momentarily to CLOSE and released to the Normal-After-Close position NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 8 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 8 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM Start Time:
 
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE: MO 1-1402-4B (Test Valve
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Comment STEP                 ELEMENT                           STANDARD                   SAT   UNSAT Number H.2.w      If overpressure condition of      CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B                ___    ___      ___
) is a throttle valve. Per QAP 0300-02, Step D.7, the control switch should be held in the close direction for at least 25 seconds after the valve indicates closed
(1) & (2) >90 psig in discharge piping        referenced to determine that exists after 1B Core Spray        >90 psig exists in discharge Pump is stopped THEN:            piping.
. *H.2.q Close MO 1-1402-4B. MO 1-1402-4B control switch held in the CLOSE position until the Green Closed light is ON and the Red Open Light is OF F. ___ ___ ___ H.2.r Verify MO 1
Fully open 1-1402-17B, B          EO directed to fully open 1-CORE SPRAY INBD VENT              1402-17B & 18B VALVE Fully open 1-1402-18B, B CORE SPRAY OUTBD VENT VALVE SIMOP ROLE PLAY the supporting EO as necessary to acknowledge the directive to fully open 1-1402-17B & 18B.
-1402-38B opens as system flow decreases.
THEN: Lower Core Spray pressure by inserting following commands:
MO 1-1402-38B (Minimum Flow Valve) verified open
* ior lohs114024b2 off (Test Valve 4B Red light overridden off)                                     Formatted Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
___ ___ ___ H.2.s Notify the Unit Supervisor to exit the LCO for Core Spray Loop B inoperability.
* ior dihs114024b open (Test Valve 4B Control Switch overridden to OPEN)
Unit Supervisor notified to exit the LCO for Core Spray Loop B inoperability.
Formatted After 20 seconds, stop opening the Test Valve:                                                                Formatted
___ ___ ___ CUE EV ALUATOR: Role Play Unit Supervisor as necessary to acknowledge the report that B Core Spray Loop has been returned to OPERABLE.
* ior dihs114024b norm (Test Valve 4B Control Switch overridden to NORM)                            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted Then insert the following commands:
H.2.t Verify that the visual inspection of leaks on piping, valves and pump is complete Step H.2.t initialed as complete base on information provided in the tu rnover. ___ ___ ___ *H.2.u Stop 1B Core Spray Pump. 1B Core Spray Pump handswitch taken momentarily to STOP and released to the Normal-After-Trip position
Formatted
___ ___ ___ *H.2.v Close MO 1
* dor dihs114024b (Test Valve 4B Control Switch Override deleted)                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
-1402-38B. MO 1-1402-38B handswitch taken momentarily to CLOSE and released to the Normal-After-Close position
* trgset 1 zdihs114024b(2).eq.1 (Sets Event Trigger 1 as the Test Valve 4B CS                    Formatted taken to OPEN)                                                                                    Formatted
___ ___ ___ FormattedFormattedFormatted
* trg 1 dor lohs114024b2 (Test Valve 4B Red light override deleted on event Trigger 1)
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
Formatted SIMOP ROLE PLAY: Contact the ANSO as the supporting EO to report that 1-1402-17B
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
& 18B are fully open                                                                                          Formatted NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 9 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 9 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number H.2.w (1) & (2) If overpressure condition of >90 psig in discharge piping exists after 1B Core Spray Pump is stopped THEN:
 
Fully open 1
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Comment STEP                 ELEMENT                             STANDARD                   SAT   UNSAT Number H.2.w     When overpressure condition         CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B               ___    ___      ___
-1402-17B, B CORE SPRAY INBD VENT VALVE  Fully open 1
(3)    clears THEN:                        referenced to determine when (a)& (b)                                        the discharge header is < 90 Close 1-1402-18B psig.
-1402-18B, B CORE SPRAY OUTBD VENT VALVE  CS HDR PRESS 1
Close 1-1402-17B EO directed to close 1-1402-18B & 17B SIMOP ROLE PLAY the supporting EO as necessary to acknowledge the directive to CUE  close 1-1402-18B & 17B. Wait 1 minute and then report that 1-1402-18B & 17B are closed. (No action is necessary)
-1450-1B referenced to determine that >90 psig exists in discharge piping. EO directed to fully open 1
NOTE      The Alternate Path begins here.
-1402-17B & 18B ___ ___ ___ SIMOP ROLE PLAY the supporting EO as necessary to acknowledge the directive to fully open 1
*H.2.x    CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B              CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B                ___    ___      ___
-1402-17B & 18B.
referenced to *determine that        referenced and lowering the discharge header pressure        Discharge Header Pressure is NOT being maintained.
THEN:  Lower Core Spray pressure by inserting following commands:
* identified.
ior lohs114024b2 off (Test Valve 4B Red light overridden off) ior dihs114024b open (Test Valve 4B Control Switch overridden to OPEN)
H.2.x & If pressure cannot be                  Unit Supervisor notified to enter    ___    ___      ___
After 20 seconds, stop opening the Test Valve:
x.(1)  maintained after performing            the LCO for Core Spray Loop B depressurization step above,            inoperability.
ior dihs114024b norm (Test Valve 4B Control Switch overridden to NORM)
THEN:
Then insert the following commands:
Notify the Unit Supervisor to enter the LCO for Core Spray Loop B inoperability CUE      EVALUATOR: Role Play Unit Supervisor as necessary to acknowledge the report to enter LCO for Core Spray B inoperability. Give candidate the clean copy of the SDTC (on pink paper).
dor dihs114024b (Test Valve 4B Control Switch Override deleted) trgset 1 "zdihs114024b(2).eq.1" (Sets Event Trigger 1 as the Test Valve 4B CS taken to OPEN) trg 1 "dor lohs114024b2" (Test Valve 4B Red light override deleted on event Trigger 1)
*H.2.    *Open MO 1-1402-4B.
SIMOP ROLE PLAY
* MO 1-1402-4B control switch          ___    ___      ___
: Contact the ANSO as the supporting EO to report that 1
x.(2)                                          held in the OPEN position until the Green Closed light is OFF.
-1402-17B & 18B are fully open Formatted:
NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Bullets and NumberingFormattedFormattedFormattedFormatted:
Bullets and NumberingFormattedFormattedFormatted:
Bullets and NumberingFormattedFormattedFormattedFormatted
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 10 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 10 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number H.2.w (3) (a)& (b) When overpressure condition clears THEN: Close 1-1402-1 8 B Close 1-1402-1 7 B CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B referenced to determine when the discharge header is <
 
90 psig. EO directed to close 1-1402-1 8B & 1 7 B  ___ ___ ___ SIMOP CUE ROLE PLAY the supporting EO as necessary to acknowledge the directive to close 1-1402-1 8 B & 1 7 B. Wait 1 minut e a nd then report that 1-1402-18B & 17B are closed. (No action is necessary
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Comment STEP                 ELEMENT                             STANDARD                   SAT   UNSAT Number
) NOTE The Alternate Path begins here.
*H.2.     *Close MO 1-1402-4B.
*H.2.x  CS HDR PRESS 1
* MO 1-1402-4B control switch          ___   ___       ___
-1450-1B referenced to determine that the discharge header pressure is NOT being maintained. CS HDR PRESS 1
x.(3)                                          held in the CLOSE position until the Green Closed light is ON and the Red Open Light is OFF Formatted NOTE:          With the Test Valve closed, B Core Spray discharge Header Pressure will rise to the Keep Fill Pump discharge pressure, approximately 66 psig, and then stabilize.
-1450-1B referenced and lowering Discharge Header Pressure identified.
CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B               B Core Spray discharge header        ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ H.2.x & x.(1) If pressure cannot be maintained after performing depressurization step above, THEN: Notify the Unit Supervisor to enter the LCO for Core Spray Loop B inoperability  Unit Supervisor notified to enter the LCO for Core Spray Loop B inoperability.
referenced to determine that         pressure verified to be the discharge header pressure        stabilizing at normal pressure is stabilizing at normal pressure H.2.      Fill and vent the B Core Spray      EO directed to fill and vent the      ___   ___       ___
___ ___ ___ CUE EVALUATOR: Role Play Unit Supervisor as necessary to acknowledge the report to enter LCO for Core Spray B inoperability. Give candidate the clean copy of the SDTC (on pink paper)
x.(4)     Subsystem per QCOP 1400-            B Core Spray Subsystem per 01                                  QCOP 1400-01 SIMOP ROLE PLAY: As the EO to acknowledge this directive.
. *H.2. x.(2) Open MO 1-1402-4B. MO 1-1402-4B control switch held in the OPEN position until the Green Closed light is OFF. ___ ___ ___ 
Inform the candidate that another NSO will enter QCOP 1400-01 to fill and vent B Core Spray.
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
Formatted EVALUATOR: Inform the candidate that the JPM is complete.                                                       Formatted JPM Stop Time:
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 11 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 11 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *H.2. x.(3) Close MO 1
 
-1402-4B. MO 1-1402-4B control switch held in the CLOSE position until the Green Closed light is ON and the Red Open Light is OFF
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX JPM  
___ ___ ___ NOTE: With the Test Valve closed, B Core Spray discharge Header Pressure will rise to the Keep Fill Pump discharge pressure, approximately 66 psig, and then stabilize.
CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B referenced to determine that the discharge header pressure is stabilizing at normal pressure  B Core Spray discharge header pressure verified to be  stabilizing at normal pressure
___ ___ ___ H.2. x.(4) Fill and vent the B Core Spray Subsystem per QCOP 1400
-01 EO directed to fill and vent the B Core Spray Subsystem per QCOP 1400-01 ___ ___ ___ SIMOP  ROLE PLAY:  As the EO to acknowledge this directive.
Inform the candidate that another NSO will enter QCOP 1400
-01 to fill and vent B Cor e Spray. EVALUATOR:
Inform the candidate that the JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
FormattedFormattedFormatted
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 12 of 1 2SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name
Operators Name:                                               Job
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title:
 
Type JPM title hereReturn B Core Spray to Standby After Test JPM Number:
==Title:==
Type JPM number here2012 NRC JPM b Revision Number:
EO       RO   SRO       FS STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
##00 Task Number and Title:
 
Type Task Number and Title here SR-1400-P05 Given a reactor plant with a Core Spray loop in a standby lineup, perform the Quarterly Core Spray Pump Flow Rate Test and return the Core Spray loop to standby in accordance with QCOS 1400
==Title:==
-01. K/A Number and Importance:
Type JPM title hereReturn B Core Spray to Standby After Test                           Formatted JPM Number:           Type JPM number here2012 NRC JPM b Revision Number:           ##00 Task Number and
K/A:Type System/Evolution #, K/A, and Importance Ratings here. 209001 A1.02   Rating: 3.2/3.4 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the Low Pressure Core Spray System controls including: Core Spray Pressure Suggested Testing Environment:
 
Type suggested testing environment here (e.g., simulator, classroom, mock
==Title:==
-up, etc.) Simulator Alternate Path:
Type Task Number and Title here Formatted SR-1400-P05 Given a reactor plant with a Core Spray loop in a standby lineup, perform the Quarterly Core Spray Pump Flow Rate Test and return the Core Spray loop to standby in accordance with QCOS 1400-01.
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
K/A Number and Importance:             K/A:Type System/Evolution #, K/A, and Importance Ratings               Formatted here. 209001 A1.02             Rating: 3.2/3.4                                                               Formatted Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the Low Pressure Core Spray System controls including: Core Spray Pressure                                           Formatted Suggested Testing Environment: Type suggested testing environment here (e.g., simulator, classroom, mock-up, etc.) Simulator Alternate Path:           Yes                         No       SRO Only:                 Yes No       Time Critical:             Yes                             No Reference(s): Type procedure reference(s), AND revision number(s) here. Delete blank
Yes No Reference(s):
                'Comments' rows during JPM development, as necessary, to maintain this sheet as a single page.QCOS 1400-01 Rev. 40 Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test QAP 0300-02, Rev. 69, Conduct of Shift Operations Actual Testing Environment:               Simulator           Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate           Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 0020                                              minutes Actual Time Used:
Type procedure reference(s), AND revision number(s) here. Delete blank 'Comments' rows during JPM development, as necessary, to maintain this sheet as a single page.QCOS 1400-01 Rev. 40 Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test QAP 0300-02, Rev. 69, Conduct of Shift Operations Actual Testing Environment:
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
00 20 minutes Actual Time Used:
minutes EVALUATION  
minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                       Yes             No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                       Satisfactory   Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Page 12 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:           FormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormatted
 
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
Page 13 of 1 2SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Evaluator's Name
Page 13 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
:  (Print) Evaluator's Signature
 
:  Date:   
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
Page 14 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
- rev Rev 00 XX  NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 14 of 1 2SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b
{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 ANSO.                                                                         Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Unit 1 is at rated power.
- rev Rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 ANSO.
Unit 1 is at rated power.
QCOS 1400-01 Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test is in progress on the B Core Spray Loop.
QCOS 1400-01 Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test is in progress on the B Core Spray Loop.
LCO 3.5.1 Condition B has been entered for B Core Spray Loop inoperable.
LCO 3.5.1 Condition B has been entered for B Core Spray Loop inoperable.
Line 370: Line 347:
The visual inspection for leaks on piping, valves and pump is complete and satisfactory.
The visual inspection for leaks on piping, valves and pump is complete and satisfactory.
The Equipment Operator who is supporting this test is at extension 4040.
The Equipment Operator who is supporting this test is at extension 4040.
INITIATING CUE Return the B Core Spray Loop to standby in accordance with QCOS 1400
INITIATING CUE Return the B Core Spray Loop to standby in accordance with QCOS 1400-01, starting at Step H.2.q.{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
-01, starting at Step H.2.q.{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
INITIATING CUE
INITIATING CUE
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
Formatted:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Bullets and Numbering NRC JPM c.docNRC JPM cNRC JPM c.docNRC JPM cNRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
Page 1 of 10 9 10  Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure JPM Title Here Perform the MSIV Closure Timing Test JPM Number: XXYYZZXX2012 NRC JPM c (LS
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure JPM Title Here Perform the MSIV Closure Timing Test JPM Number: XXYYZZXX2012 NRC JPM c (LS-014-II)
-014-II) Revision Number: ##13 Date: ## 03// ## 04// 20##12 Developed By:
Revision Number: ##13 Date: ## 03// ## 04// 20##12 Developed By:
Instructor Date Validated By:
Instructor                             Date Validated By:
SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:
SME or Instructor                           Date Reviewed By:
Operations Representative Date Approved By:
Operations Representative                         Date Approved By:
Training Department Date  
Training Department                         Date NRC JPM c.docNRC JPM cNRC JPM c.docNRC JPM cNRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
Page 1 of 10910
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
 
\2012\Quad Cities
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
\AS GIVEN EXAM
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc
\\IBM-1DC324749A3
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 10 9 10  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________       1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________       2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
________       3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________       4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________       5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________       6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________       7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________       8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                         Rev:
Procedure Rev:   Procedure Rev:   Procedure Rev:   ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
Procedure                         Rev:
________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate
Procedure                         Rev:
________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________       9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
________       10. Verify performance time is accurate
SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date  
________       11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
________       12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
SME / Instructor                                     Date SME / Instructor                                     Date SME / Instructor                                     Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
\2012\Quad Cities
Page 2 of 10910
\AS GIVEN EXAM
 
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
Page 3 of 10910
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
 
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 Revision Record (Summary)
\NRC JPM c.doc
Revision 1300, {Put reason for writing this JPM under Revision 00, for all subsequent revisions annotate the changes that were made.}This JPM was developed new for the 2007 NRC Exam. It was based on bank JPM LS-014-11 Rev.12.
\\IBM-1DC324749A3
It has been updated to the current template and current procedure revisions for the 2012 NRC Exam.
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
Page 4 of 10910
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 10 9 10 
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
\2012\Quad Cities
\AS GIVEN EXAM
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc
\\IBM-1DC324749A3
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 10 9 10 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 13 00 , {Put reason for writing this JPM under Revision 00, for all subsequent revisions annotate the changes that were made.}This JPM was developed new for the 2007 NRC Exam. It was based on bank JPM LS
-014-11 Rev.12. It has been updated to the current template and current procedure revisions for the 2012 NRC Exam.  


{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC XX Reset the simulator to IC 13420 NOTE:       It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
\2012\Quad Cities
: 2. IC
\AS GIVEN EXAM
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc
\\IBM-1DC324749A3
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 10 9 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC XX Reset the simulator to IC 134 20    NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently. 2. IC


== Description:==
== Description:==
The unit is operating < 75% power and < 97% FCL ~ 680 M W e.Do this second {Add steps to describe additional simulator setup steps (e.g., Load Computer Aided Exercise ZZZZ or jcae! ZZZZ)} 3. Manual Actuation:
The unit is operating < 75% power and < 97% FCL ~ 680 MWe.Do this second {Add steps to describe additional simulator setup steps (e.g., Load Computer Aided Exercise ZZZZ or jcae! ZZZZ)}
Insert rods to ensure <97% FCL Raise recirc speed to return to 74% power.
: 3. Manual Actuation:                                                                               Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Insert rods to ensure <97% FCL Raise recirc speed to return to 74% power.
Reduce power as necessary to ensure plant is less than 75% ( 680 Mwe) and <97%
Reduce power as necessary to ensure plant is less than 75% ( 680 Mwe) and <97% FCL.
FCL. Annotate QCOS 0250
Annotate QCOS 0250-04 to indicate that two stopwatches have been obtained and that Unit Supervisor permission has been granted to perform the test.
-04 to indicate that two stopwatches have been obtained and that Unit Supervisor permission has been granted to perform the test.
: 4. Malfunctions:                                                                                   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Slow stroke 1-203-2A, valve strokes at >5.2 seconds.
: 4. Malfunctions:
* imf ms03e 0.3                                                                           Formatted Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
Slow stroke 1
-203-2A, valve strokes at >5.2 seconds.
imf ms03e 0.3
: 5. Remotes:
: 5. Remotes:
None. 6. Overrides:
None.
None. 7. Digital FW screen for FWLC control trend data should be displayed. 8. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 6. Overrides:                                                                                       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering None.
3.Do this next {Add steps to describe additional panel setup requirements for this JPM (e.g., re-align systems; hang tags, hang postings, etc.}
: 7. Digital FW screen for FWLC control trend data should be displayed.                               Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
: 8. This completes the setup for this JPM.
3.Do this next {Add steps to describe additional panel setup requirements for this JPM (e.g.,       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering re-align systems; hang tags, hang postings, etc.}
4.When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
4.When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
5.This completes the setup for this JPM.
5.This completes the setup for this JPM.
Formatted:
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
Page 5 of 10910
Bullets and NumberingFormattedFormatted:
 
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 INITIAL CONDITIONS
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
-   The unit is operating on the 95% Flow Control line.                                            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
-   There are no personnel in the MSIV Room.
Bullets and Numbering
-   The Unit Supervisor has directed the MSIV Closure Timing Test be performed on AO 1-203-1A and AO 1-203-2A due to a previous slow closure time.
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., an extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
INITIATING CUE Perform the MSIV Closure Timing surveillance on AO 1-203-1A and AO 1-203-2A IAW QCOS 0250-04.
\2012\Quad Cities
Provide examinee with:
\AS GIVEN EXAM
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc
\\IBM-1DC324749A3
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 10 9 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS
- The unit is operating on the 95% Flow Control line
. - There are no personnel in the MSIV Room.
- The Unit Supervisor has directed the MSIV Closure Timing Test be performed on AO 1
-203-1A and AO 1
-203-2A due to a previous slow closure time.
{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., an extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}
INITIATING CUE Perform the MSIV Closure Timing surveillance on AO 1
-203-1A and AO 1-203-2A IAW QCOS 0250-04. Provide examinee with:
QCOS 0250-04 with steps C.1 and D.1.a, b. & c. filled in.
QCOS 0250-04 with steps C.1 and D.1.a, b. & c. filled in.
One Electronic Stopwatches.
One Electronic Stopwatches.
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the ta sk clearly. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
* Denotes critical elements of a critical step.                                               Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the Formatted:
Page 6 of 10910
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
 
Bullets and Numbering
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
\2012\Quad Cities
\AS GIVEN EXAM
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc
\\IBM-1DC324749A3
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 10 9 10 candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 10910


{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 JPM Start Time:
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
Comment STEP               ELEMENT                           STANDARD                   SAT   UNSAT Number D.2.a. Reactor power is <75%.             Verifies Reactor power <75%.         ___   ___       ___
\2012\Quad Cities
D.2.b. Flow control line is <97%.         Verifies FCL <97%.                   ___   ___       ___
\AS GIVEN EXAM
*H.1.a.   *Determine that MSIV will be       Determines that proper criteria      ___  ___      ___
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
tested using hot criteria.
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
* for testing is hot criteria.
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
*H.2.a.   *Activate MSIV Test Mode at Activates MSIV Test Mode.              ___  ___      ___
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
Operator Work Station FWLC Measuring Point Display.
\NRC JPM c.doc
* H.2.b. Verify reactor level maintained   Observe water level ind. stable     ___   ___       ___
\\IBM-1DC324749A3
H.2.c. Verify that sum of individual     Verifies that green filled square    ___  ___      ___
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
steam flows being used for       at the OWS FWLC measuring total steam flow.                 point display labeled as Act indicated sum of individual steam flows.
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
H.3.a. Verify open AO 1-203-1A.           Verifies AO 1-203-1A is open.       ___   ___       ___
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
EVALUATOR NOTE: The first stopwatch must be started at same time as control switch actuation, the second stopwatch is started upon illumination of the closed position indicator and both stop watches are stopped upon de-energization of the open position indicator.
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
Formatted CUE: Direct the candidate to perform timing using the Switch-to-Light method and Formatted you will perform timing by the Light-to-Light method.
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
(Light-to-Light timing is simulated.)CUE                                                                     Formatted Formatted Type cues to be provided by evaluator in these areas or delete row as applicable.
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 8 of 10 9 10  JPM Start Time:
Page 8 of 10910
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number D.2.a. Reactor power is <75%. Verifies Reactor power <75%.
___ ___ ___ D.2.b. Flow control line is <97%.
Verifies FCL <97%.
___ ___ ___ *H.1.a. Determine that MSIV will be tested using "hot" criteria.
Determines that proper criteria for testing is "hot" criteria.
___ ___ ___ *H.2.a. Activate "MSIV Test Mode" at Operator Work Station FWLC Measuring Point Display.
Activates "MSIV Test Mode."
___ ___ ___ H.2.b. Verify reactor level maintained Observe water level ind. stable
___ ___ ___ H.2.c. Verify that "sum of individual steam flows" being used for total steam flow.
Verifies that green filled square at the OWS FWL C measuring point display labeled as "Act" indicated "sum of individual steam flows".
___ ___ ___ H.3.a. Verify open AO 1
-203-1A. Verifies AO 1
-203-1A is open
. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: The first stopwatch must be started at same time as control switch actuation, the second stopwatch is started upon illumination of the closed position indicator and both stop watches are stopped upon de
-energization of the open position indicator.
CUE: Direct the candidate to perform timing using the "Switch-to-Light " method and you will perform timing by the "Light-to-Light " method.  
(Light-to-Light timing is simulated.)
CUE Type cues to be provided by evaluator in these areas or delete row as applicable.
FormattedFormattedFormattedFormatted
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
\2012\Quad Cities
\AS GIVEN EXAM
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc
\\IBM-1DC324749A3
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 9 of 10 9 10 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *H.3.b.XX Close and time AO 1
-203-1A.Type next element of task. AO 1-203-1A Normal Control Switch positioned to close AND stop watch actuated to time the valve stroke.Type specific operator action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
___ ___ ___ CUE: The Switch
-to-Light closing time may be slightly greater than the 4
.8-second limit on attachment A due to inconsistencies in Simulator performance
. If this occurs, provide the following closing times:
Light-to-Light closing time:


===4.1 seconds===
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 Comment STEP                ELEMENT                            STANDARD                  SAT    UNSAT Number
Switch-to-Light closing time: 4
*H.3.b.XX *Close and time AO 1-203-            AO 1-203-1A Normal Control          ___  ___      ___
.6 seconds Otherwise, report that the "Light-to-Light" stroke time is 0.
1A.*Type next element of            Switch positioned to close AND task.                                stop watch actuated to time the valve stroke.Type specific operator action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
5 seconds less than the reported "Switch-to-Light " time. H.3.c. Record closure time on Attachment "A".
Formatted CUE:      The Switch-to-Light closing time may be slightly greater than the 4.8-second Formatted limit on attachment A due to inconsistencies in Simulator performance. If this occurs, provide the following closing times:
Records closure time on step H.3.b. to nearest 1/10 of a second. ___ ___ ___ CUE: If the closing time falls between 4.7 and 4.8 seconds, the candidate may ask if a re-adjustment is desired (To satisfy the last line of Attachment A)
Light-to-Light closing time: 4.1 seconds Switch-to-Light closing time: 4.6 seconds Otherwise, report that the Light-to-Light stroke time is 0.5 seconds less                     Formatted than the reported Switch-to-Light time.                                                       Formatted Formatted H.3.c. Record closure time on             Records closure time on step         ___  ___      ___      Formatted Attachment A.                    H.3.b. to nearest 1/10 of a Formatted second.
. ROLE PLAY as UNIT SUPERVISOR and inform the candidate that a re
CUE:     If the closing time falls between 4.7 and 4.8 seconds, the candidate may ask if a re-adjustment is desired (To satisfy the last line of Attachment A).
-adjustment will NOT be performed.
ROLE PLAY as UNIT SUPERVISOR and inform the candidate that a re-adjustment will NOT be performed.
  *H.3.d. Open AO 1-203-1A. Verifies AO 1
  *H.3.d.   *Open AO 1-203-1A.
-203-1A OPEN indication is ON and CLOSED indication is OFF AO 1-203-1A Control switch placed in OPEN. Open indicator is illuminated and the closed indicator is extinguished.
* AO 1-203-1A Control switch          ___  ___      ___
___ ___ ___ H.4.a. Verify open AO 1
placed in OPEN. Open Verifies AO 1-203-1A OPEN indicator is illuminated and the indication is ON and CLOSED closed indicator is extinguished.
-203-2A. Verifies AO 1
indication is OFF H.4.a. Verify open AO 1-203-2A.           Verifies AO 1-203-2A is open.       ___   ___       ___
-203-2A is open.
EVALUATOR NOTE: The first stopwatch must be started at same time as control switch actuation, the second stopwatch is started upon illumination of the closed position indicator and both stop watches are stopped upon de-energization of the open position indicator.
___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: The first stopwatch must be started at same time as control switch actuation, the second stopwatch is started upon illumination of the closed position indicator and both stop watches are stopped upon de
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
-energization of the open position indicator.
Page 9 of 10910
FormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormatted
 
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 Comment STEP                 ELEMENT                           STANDARD                   SAT   UNSAT Number CUE: Direct the candidate to perform timing using the Switch-to-Light method and you will perform timing by the Light-to-Light method. (Light-to-Light timing is simulated.)
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
  *H.4.b.   *Close and time                   AO 1-203-2A Normal Control          ___  ___      ___
\2012\Quad Cities
AO 1-203-2A.*                      Switch positioned to close AND stop watch actuated to time the valve stroke.
\AS GIVEN EXAM
Formatted CUE:     Report that the Light-to-Light stroke time is 0.5 seconds less than the Formatted reported Switch-to-Light time.
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
Formatted
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
*H.4.c.XX   *Record closure time on           Records closure time on step        ___  ___      ___      Formatted Attachment A and reports to     H.4.b. to nearest 1/10 of a                                  Formatted the US that stroke time is out     second.                                                      Formatted of spec.*Type element of task in this column.
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
Recognizes that stroke time is out of spec and informs US.Type specific operator action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
Formatted CUE:     If asked whether AO 1-203-2A should be re-opened, asked applicant what he Formatted would recommend then as US, direct that valve be left closed, pending further testing.
\NRC JPM c.doc
EVALUATOR: JPM will end with recognition by candidate that either further testing or valve adjustment is necessary before proceeding.CUE JPM Stop Time:
\\IBM-1DC324749A3
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
Page 10 of 10910
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
 
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 JPM  
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 10 of 10 9 10 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE: Direct the candidate to perform timing using the "Switch-to-Light " method and you will perform timing by the "Light-to-Light" method. (Light-to-Light timing is simulated.)
  *H.4.b. Close and time AO 1-203-2A. AO 1-203-2A Normal Control Switch positioned to close AND stop watch actuated to time the valve stroke.
___ ___ ___ CUE: Report that the "Light-to-Light" stroke time is 0.
5 seconds less than the reported "Switch-to-Light " time. *H.4.c.XX Record closure time on Attachment "A" and reports to the US that stroke time is out of spec.Type element of task in this column.
Records closure time on step H.4.b. to nearest 1/10 of a second. Recognizes that stroke time is out of spec and informs US.Type specific operator action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
___ ___ ___ CUE: If asked whether AO 1
-203-2A should be re
-opened, asked applicant what he would recommend then as US, direct that valve be left closed, pending further testing. EVALUATOR: JPM will end with recognition by candidate that either further testing or valve adjustment is necessary before proceeding.CUE   JPM Stop Time:
FormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormatted
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
\2012\Quad Cities
\AS GIVEN EXAM
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 11 of 10 9 10 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name
Operators Name:                                             Job
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title:
 
Type JPM title herePerform the MSIV Closure Timing Test JPM Number:
==Title:==
Type JPM number here2012 NRC JPM cRevision Number:
EO         RO   SRO       FS STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
##13 Task Number and Title:
 
Type Task Number and Title here SR-0250-P03 Given a reactor plant at power, conduct MSIV closure timing in accordance with QCOS 0250
==Title:==
-04 K/A Number and Importance:
Type JPM title herePerform the MSIV Closure Timing Test                                             Formatted JPM Number: Type JPM number here2012 NRC JPM cRevision Number: ##13                                             Formatted Formatted Task Number and
Type System/Evolution #, K/A, and Importance Ratings here.239001 A4.01 Rating: 4.2/4.0 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: MSIVs Suggested Testing Environment:
 
Type suggested testing environment here (e.g., simulator, classroom, mock
==Title:==
-up, etc.) Simulator Alternate Path:
Type Task Number and Title hereSR-0250-P03 Given a reactor plant at power, conduct MSIV closure timing in accordance with QCOS 0250-04                                           Formatted K/A Number and Importance: Type System/Evolution #, K/A, and Importance Ratings                                 Formatted here.239001 A4.01                 Rating: 4.2/4.0 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: MSIVs                                           Formatted Suggested Testing Environment: Type suggested testing environment here (e.g., simulator, classroom, mock-up, etc.) Simulator                                                                             Formatted Alternate Path:       Yes                     No SRO Only:                             Yes         No Time Critical:                 Yes                                   No Reference(s): Type procedure reference(s), AND revision number(s) here. Delete blank
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
                  'Comments' rows during JPM development, as necessary, to maintain this sheet as a single page.
Yes No Reference(s):
QCOS 0250-04 Rev. 23, MSIV Closure Timing Actual Testing Environment:               Simulator       Control Room               In-Plant     Other Testing Method:             Simulate                               Perform Formatted Estimated Time to Complete: 0012                                            minutes Actual Time Used:
Type procedure reference(s), AND revision number(s) here. Delete blank 'Comments' rows during JPM development, as necessary, to maintain this sheet as a single page.
QCOS 0250-04 Rev. 23, MSIV Closure Timing Actual Testing Environment:
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
00 12 minutes Actual Time Used:
minutes EVALUATION  
minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                       Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                       Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Page 11 of 10910
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                 FormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormattedFormatted
 
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c
{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 Evaluators Name:                                                               (Print)
} - R rev XX 13  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
\2012\Quad Cities
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
\AS GIVEN EXAM
Page 12 of 10910
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered
 
\JPMs\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
{JPM Number} - rev XX INITIAL CONDITIONS
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
-   The unit is operating on the 95% Flow Control line.                                                     Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working
-   There are no personnel in the MSIV Room.
\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3
-   The Unit Supervisor has directed the MSIV Closure Timing Test be performed on AO 1-203-1A and AO 1-203-2A due to a previous slow closure time.
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
INITIATING CUE Perform the MSIV Closure Timing surveillance on AO 1-203-1A and AO 1-203-2A IAW QCOS 0250-04.
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g.,
\NRC JPM c.doc C:\Documents and Settings
extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam
\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working
\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 12 of 10 9 10        Evaluator's Name
:   (Prin t) Evaluator's Signature
:   Date:    
{JPM Number}
- rev XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
- The unit is operating on the 95% Flow Control line.
- There are no personnel in the MSIV Room.
- The Unit Supervisor has directed the MSIV Closure Timing Test be performed on AO 1
-203-1A and AO 1
-203-2A due to a previous slow closure time.
INITIATING CUE Perform the MSIV Closure Timing surveillance on AO 1
-203-1A and AO 1
-203-2A IAW QCOS 0250-04. {Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
INITIATING CUE
INITIATING CUE
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
Formatted:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Bullets and Numbering NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 9  Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure   Shutdown the RCIC System   JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM d (LS-020-I-A) Revision Number: 04 Date: 03/04/2012   Developed By:     Instructor Date Validated By:     SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:     Operations Representative Date Approved By:     Training Department Date 2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04  NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation. Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified. ________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. ________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other) ________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified. ________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified. ________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review. ________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*). ________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision: Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. ________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate ________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:         SME/Instructor Date       SME/Instructor Date       SME/Instructor Date 2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04  NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 9 Revision Record (Summary) Revision 00, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category for RO/SRO candidates JPM revised to match procedure revision. Revision 01, This JPM is being revised to reflect procedure, format changes and updated KA. Revision 02, JPM revised to match procedure revision. Revision 03, JPM revised to match procedure revision. Revision 04, This JPM revision updates Bank JPM LS-020-I-F Rev. 3 for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
 
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04  NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 9 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS 1. Reset the simulator to IC 21 or ANY AT POWER. NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently. 2. Manual Actuation: - Start Torus Cooling IAW QCOP 1000-09 and QCOP 1000-04. - Place the RCIC System on, in the pressure control mode, IAW QCOP 1300-02, step F.6. (use the control switch for the MO 1-1301-53 to achieve approximately 400 gpm at approximately 1100 psig discharge pressure.) - Ensure RCIC controller is in manual. Malfunctions: Override the turb trip pushbutton using the following command:   ior dihs11303rtt off Remotes: None Overrides: None 3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist. 4. This completes the setup for this JPM.
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Shutdown the RCIC System JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM d (LS-020-I-A)
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04  NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 9 INITIAL CONDITIONS The unit SCRAMMED due to a Group I isolation. - Reactor pressure was being controlled with RCIC in the pressure control mode with the controller in manual. - The MSIVs have just been re-opened and RCIC is no longer required for pressure control. - This JPM is not time critical. INITIATING CUE Shutdown the RCIC system and place the system in a standby condition with the suction from the CCSTs per QCOP 1300-05. Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue. UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
Revision Number: 04 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:
* Denotes critical steps. Denotes critical elements of a critical step. s. Then section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations. Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed. The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
Instructor                           Date Validated By:
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04  NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 9 JPM Start Time:  STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number EVALUATOR NOTE: After the candidate has acquired QCOP 1300-05, provide a working copy (Yellow) of QCOP 1300-05. F.1. Trip Turbine. Depresses TURB TRIP pushbutton. ___ ___ ___ Role Play:  EVALUATOR NOTE: Alternate path starts here.  *F.2. -1301-61, Places the control switch to lit. ___ ___ ___ F.3 Verify closed MO 1-1301-60, min flow valve. Verifies MO 1-1301-60 closes and the closed light is lit. ___ ___ ___ F.4 Verify RCIC Pump discharge flow decreases to zero. Observes discharge flow indicates zero on FIC 1-1340-1. EVALUATOR NOTE: For Step F.5, Turbine RPM may be read as slightly above the bottom of the meter scale, which would be 200 RPM. If necessary, cue the candidate that Turbine RPM is 0 (zero). F.5 Verify RCIC Turbine Speed decreases to zero. Observes Turbine Speed indicates zero on 1-1340-501, Turb Speed. ___ ___ ___ F.6 Verify closed MO 1-1301-49 pump discharge valve. Verifies closed light lit. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: Step F.7 is Not Applicable and can be marked as N/A. F.8 Close MO 1-1301-62, Turb Clg Water Vlv. and verifies closed light lit. ___ ___ ___
SME or Instructor                       Date Reviewed By:
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04  NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 9 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE: MO 1-1301-53 (Test Valve) is a throttle valve. Per QAP 0300-02, Step D.7, the control switch should be held in the close direction for at least 25 seconds after the valve indicates closed. F.9 Verify closed MO 1-1301-53 CCST Test Byp. and releases 25 seconds after full-closed indication is received. ___ ___ ___ F.10 Verify closed MO 1-2301-15, HPCI Test RTN vlv. Places control switch to close and verifies closed light lit. ___ ___ ___ *F.11 -1340-1, RCIC flow controller is in auto and set Depresses Auto pushbutton on FIC 1-1340-1 and verifies Auto PB light is lit and setpoint is 400 gpm. ___ ___ ___ F.12 Depress INITIATION signal seal-in and reset. Depress INITIATION SEAL-IN AND RESET pushbutton. ___ ___ ___ F.13 Reset Turbine trip. Depresses Turb Reset pushbutton. ___ ___ ___ CUE Inform the candidate that 30 minutes has elapsed since the RCIC Turbine was shutdown. F.14 Stop TURB VAC PMP. Places the control switch to STOP and verifies green stop light lit. ___ ___ ___ F.15 Verify BAROMETRIC CNDSR COND PMP stops. Verifies BAROMETRIC CNDSR COND PMP stops and verifies green stop light lit. ___ ___ ___ F.16 Verify all RCIC annunciators are cleared. Observes that there are no RCIC annunciators in alarm on the 901-4 panel. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should inform you that this task is complete. If the candidate proceeds with QCOP 1300-01 and QCOP 1000-09, inform him that another operator will be performing these tasks. JPM Stop Time:
Operations Representative                     Date Approved By:
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04  NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 9 JPM  
Training Department                       Date NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 1 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.
________   1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________   2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________   3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________   4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________   5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________   6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________   7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________   8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                           Rev:
Procedure                           Rev:
Procedure                           Rev:
________   9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________   10. Verify performance time is accurate
________   11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________   12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME/Instructor                                                 Date SME/Instructor                                                 Date SME/Instructor                                                 Date NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 Control Room Systems, for RO/SRO candidates JPM revised to match procedure revision.
Revision 01, This JPM is being revised to reflect procedure, format changes and updated KA.
Revision 02, JPM revised to match procedure revision.
Revision 03, JPM revised to match procedure revision.
Revision 04, This JPM revision updates Bank JPM LS-020-I-F Rev. 3 for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 21 or ANY AT POWER.
NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Manual Actuation:
  -   Start Torus Cooling IAW QCOP 1000-09 and QCOP 1000-04.
  -   Place the RCIC System on, in the pressure control mode, IAW QCOP 1300-02, step F.6. (use the control switch for the MO 1-1301-53 to achieve approximately 400 gpm at approximately 1100 psig discharge pressure.)
  -   Ensure RCIC controller is in manual.
Malfunctions: Override the turb trip pushbutton using the following command:
ior dihs11303rtt off Remotes:
None Overrides:
None
: 3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 4. This completes the setup for this JPM.
NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 INITIAL CONDITIONS The unit SCRAMMED due to a Group I isolation.
-     Reactor pressure was being controlled with RCIC in the pressure control mode with the controller in manual.
-     The MSIVs have just been re-opened and RCIC is no longer required for pressure control.
-     This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE Shutdown the RCIC system and place the system in a standby condition with the suction from the CCSTs per QCOP 1300-05.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section at the bottom of the page. The comment section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT   UNSAT  Number STEP                   ELEMENT                               STANDARD EVALUATOR NOTE: After the candidate has acquired QCOP 1300-05, provide a working copy (Yellow) of QCOP 1300-05.
F.1.     Trip Turbine.                           Depresses TURB TRIP                 ___   ___     ___
pushbutton.
Role     If asked, as Unit Supervisor, acknowledge RCIC fails to trip and state RCIC Play:    needs to be shutdown.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Alternate path starts here.
  *F.2. Verify closed MO 1-1301-61,             Places the control switch to         ___   ___     ___
stm to turb vlv.                        close and verifies closed light lit.
F.3     Verify closed MO 1-1301-60,             Verifies MO 1-1301-60 closes         ___  ___    ___
min flow valve.                          and the closed light is lit.
F.4     Verify RCIC Pump discharge               Observes discharge flow flow decreases to zero.                 indicates zero on FIC 1-1340-1.
EVALUATOR NOTE: For Step F.5, Turbine RPM may be read as slightly above the bottom of the meter scale, which would be 200 RPM. If necessary, cue the candidate that Turbine RPM is 0 (zero).
F.5     Verify RCIC Turbine Speed               Observes Turbine Speed              ___  ___    ___
decreases to zero.                       indicates zero on 1-1340-501, Turb Speed.
F.6     Verify closed MO 1-1301-49               Verifies closed light lit.           ___   ___     ___
pump discharge valve.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Step F.7 is Not Applicable and can be marked as N/A.
F.8     Close MO 1-1301-62, Turb Clg             Places control switch to close    ___  ___    ___
Water Vlv.                               and verifies closed light lit.
NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 Comment SAT  UNSAT  Number STEP                   ELEMENT                               STANDARD NOTE:         MO 1-1301-53 (Test Valve) is a throttle valve. Per QAP 0300-02, Step D.7, the control switch should be held in the close direction for at least 25 seconds after the valve indicates closed.
F.9     Verify closed MO 1-1301-53               Places control switch to close      ___  ___    ___
CCST Test Byp.                           and releases 25 seconds after full-closed indication is received.
F.10     Verify closed MO 1-2301-15,             Places control switch to close       ___  ___    ___
HPCI Test RTN vlv.                      and verifies closed light lit.
*F.11     Verify FIC 1-1340-1, RCIC               Depresses Auto pushbutton on          ___  ___    ___
flow controller is in auto and set       FIC 1-1340-1 and verifies Auto at 400 gpm.                            PB light is lit and setpoint is 400 gpm.
F.12     Depress INITIATION signal               Depress INITIATION SEAL-IN           ___   ___     ___
seal-in and reset.                      AND RESET pushbutton.
F.13     Reset Turbine trip.                     Depresses Turb Reset                 ___   ___     ___
pushbutton.
CUE       Inform the candidate that 30 minutes has elapsed since the RCIC Turbine was shutdown.
F.14     Stop TURB VAC PMP.                       Places the control switch to         ___  ___    ___
STOP and verifies green stop light lit.
F.15     Verify BAROMETRIC CNDSR                 Verifies BAROMETRIC CNDSR            ___  ___    ___
COND PMP stops.                         COND PMP stops and verifies green stop light lit.
F.16     Verify all RCIC annunciators are Observes that there are no                   ___  ___    ___
cleared.                        RCIC annunciators in alarm on the 901-4 panel.
EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should inform you that this task is complete. If the candidate proceeds with QCOP 1300-01 and QCOP 1000-09, inform him that another operator will be performing these tasks.
JPM Stop Time:
NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title: Shutdown the RCIC System JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM d Revision Number: 04 Task Number and Title: SR-1300-P03 (Freq: LIC=I) (ILT-MP) Given an operating reactor plant, perform the periodic RCIC pump operability test in accordance with QCOS 1300-01. K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 217000 A4.03 Rating: 3.4/3.3 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the Control Room: System Valves. Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 1300-05, Rev. 13, RCIC SYSTEM SHUTDOWN QCOP 1300-01, Rev. 40, RCIC SYSTEM PREPARATION FOR STANDBY OPERATION Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
 
Operators Name:                                           Job
 
==Title:==
EO         RO     SRO       FS STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
Shutdown the RCIC System JPM Number:       2012 NRC JPM d                                       Revision Number: 04 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
SR-1300-P03 (Freq: LIC=I) (ILT-MP) Given an operating reactor plant, perform the periodic RCIC pump operability test in accordance with QCOS 1300-01.
K/A Number and Importance:         K/A:     217000 A4.03               Rating:         3.4/3.3 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the Control Room: System Valves.
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes     No   SRO Only:         Yes         No       Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s): QCOP 1300-05, Rev. 13, RCIC SYSTEM SHUTDOWN QCOP 1300-01, Rev. 40, RCIC SYSTEM PREPARATION FOR STANDBY OPERATION Actual Testing Environment:         Simulator           Control Room               In-Plant     Other Testing Method:         Simulate         Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                     Actual Time Used:               minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The ope contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:             :   (Print) :   Date:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                   Yes                 No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                   Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) INITIAL CONDITIONS The unit SCRAMMED due to a Group I isolation. - Reactor pressure was being controlled with RCIC in the pressure control mode with the controller in manual. - The MSIVs have just been re-opened and RCIC is no longer required for pressure control. - This JPM is not time critical. INITIATING CUE Shutdown the RCIC system and place the system in a standby condition with the suction from the CCSTs per QCOP 1300-05.
Evaluators Name:                                                           (Print)
NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 10  Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure   Vent Containment Irrespective of Release Rates with APCV.   (Failure of Torus Valve to Open, Requiring Venting Through the Drywell)   JPM Number: 2011 NRC JPM e (LS-053-I-A) Revision Number: 04 Date: 03/04/2012   Developed By:     Instructor Date Validated By:     SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:     Operations Representative Date Approved By:     Training Department Date 2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04  NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 10   JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation. Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified. ________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. ________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other) ________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified. ________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified. ________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review. ________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*). ________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision: Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. ________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate ________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:       SME/Instructor Date       SME/Instructor Date       SME/Instructor Date 2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04  NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary) Revision 00, New JPM. Revision 01, Revision 02, JPM revised to reflect procedure and K/A revisions. Revision 03, K/A revised. Revision 04, Updated the 2011 ILT Cert Exam version for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
Evaluators Signature:                                                     Date:
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04  NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS 1. Reset the simulator to IC 21. NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently. 2. Manual Actuation:   Start CAMs 901-55 & 56. Malfunctions: None Remotes: None Overrides: Fail AO 1-1601-60 control switch to open. 3. Be prepared to provide a blank copy of QCOP 1600-13 (Current Revision) POST ACCIDENT VENTING OF THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT. 4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist. 5. This completes the setup for this JPM.
NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04  NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS Note: The Simulator setup may not match the Initial Conditions provided. A transient has occurred on Unit One resulting in fuel damage and hydrogen generation. The US has entered QGA 200-5 and has determined that containment venting is required to reduce hydrogen concentration inside the containment. Torus and Drywell hydrogen concentrations are at 7%. Torus oxygen concentration is at 6%. Drywell Pressure is 38 psig. Torus pressure is 37 psig. Torus level is 15 ft. A plant assembly has been ordered. The plant is evacuated and all personnel are accounted for. Sufficient Radwaste and Turbine Building Exhaust Fans are operating for adequate dilution. One train of SBGT is operating. "OK to exceed release rate limits." RPS buses are energized. This JPM is not time critical. INITIATING CUE As the Reactor Operator, vent the Primary Containment in accordance with QCOP 1600-13 to control Primary Containment Hydrogen Concentration Less than 6%. (Evaluator provide a blank copy of QCOP 1600-13 if the candidate chooses to use the QCOP or Flowchart rather than the Hard Card.) Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue. UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
Page 8 of 9
* Denotes critical steps. Denotes critical elements of a critical step. section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations. Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed. The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
 
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04  NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 10   JPM Start Time:  STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE: Operator may choose to use procedure, flowchart, or hard card. C.2. Verify RPS available to operate valves. N/As Prerequisite per Initial Conditions. ___ ___ ___ F.1. (Hard Card 1.a) Operate fans to provide dilution flow. Signs off as complete per initial conditions. ___ ___ ___ F.2.a-f. (Hard Card 1.b) Verify closed primary containment valves. Verifies CLOSED lights lit for the following valves: AO 1-1601-23 AO 1-1601-24 AO 1-1601-60 AO 1-1601-61 AO 1-1601-62 AO 1-1601-63 ___ ___ ___ F.4.a. (Hard Card 1.c) Evacuate the Reactor Building AND Turbine Building. Announces to evacuate the Reactor Building AND Turbine Building or signs off as CM per Initial Conditions. ___ ___ ___ *F.4.b. (Hard Card 1.d) Select APCV. APCV position. ___ ___ ___ F.4.c. (Hard Card 1.e) Verify closed, Vent to Rx Bldg. vlv. Verifies AO 1-1699-7 closed light lit. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR: The following 2 steps will bypass the 2.5 psig Group II isolation signal to allow opening containment vent valves. *F.4.d. (Hard Card 1.f) Override Gp II signal for Vent to Reactor Building exhaust valve and verify Alarm 901-5 E-4 is received. Positions AO 1-1601-24 CIS OVERRIDE switch to OVERRIDE AND holds for 1 second. Verifies 901-5 E-4 alarm on ___ ___ ___
INITIAL CONDITIONS The unit SCRAMMED due to a Group I isolation.
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04  NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 10 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *F.4.e. (Hard Card 1.g) Override Gp II signal for DW & Torus Vent vlvs. and verify Alarms 901-5 E-3 and F3 are received. SIMULTANEOUSLY positions AO 1-1601-23 CIS OVERRIDE and AO 1-1601-60 CIS OVERRIDE switches to OVERRIDE AND holds for 1 second. Verifies 901-5 E-3 and F3 alarms on. ___ ___ ___ *F.4.f. (Hard Card 1.h) Open Vent to Reactor Building Exhaust system valve. Positions AO 1-1601-24 CS to open. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: Alternate Path starts here. F.4.g (Hard Card 2.a) Operator opens the AO 1-1601-60. Positions AO 1-1601-60 control switch to open. ___ ___ ___ F.4.h (Hard Card 3.) Operator recognizes inability to vent the containment through the Torus, and need to vent the Drywell. Operator recognizes inability to vent the containment through the Torus, and need to vent the Drywell. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: Role play as Unit Supervisor upon notification of failure and restate need to vent the containment. The operator may dispatch an EO and/or maintenance to investigate. Role play as necessary to investigate the valve failure. CUE:   If dispatched by the candidate, report as the EO or Maintenance that the solenoid for the AO 1-1601-60 has failed. F.4.h.(1). (Hard Card 3.a) Operator verifies closed the Torus 18-inch Vent vlv. Operator verifies closed the Torus 18-inch Vent vlv AO-1601-60. ___ ___ ___ *F.4.h.(2). (Hard Card 3.b) Opens AO 1-1601-23 DW   Positions AO 1-1601-vent valve control switch to OPEN. ___ ___ ___ *F.4.h.(3). (Hard Card 3.c) Opens AO 1-1699-6 to achieve desired containment response, then closes valve. Positions AO 1-1699-6 CS to Open, then Close to reduce hydrogen concentration. ___ ___ ___
-   Reactor pressure was being controlled with RCIC in the pressure control mode with the controller in manual.
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04  NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 10 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number EVALUATOR NOTE: Closure of the AO 1-1699-6 valve is not included as a Critical Step. Venting is based on H2/O2 concentration in the containment and not based on containment pressure (QGA 200-5 #33). F.4.h.(3)(a). (Hard Card 3.d) Monitor Release rate. Monitors 1/2-1740-19, Chimney Gas Activity Recorder (912-4) for proper documentation of the release. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR: 1/2-1740-202, Mn Chimney Gas Activity Recorder (912-1) may be checked and monitored per procedural step not included on Hard Card. EVALUATOR: Provide cue to operators for Gas monitors 1/2-1740-19 and 1/2-1740-202 that gas activity recorders are reading slightly higher. If asked, for the hydrogen concentration, the operator should check monitor hydrogen on the 901-55 and 901-56 panels on Gas recorders 1-2406A/B. Provide cue to the operator that hydrogen concentration is lowering. F.4.h.(3)(b). (Hard Card 3.e) Log Vent information. Communicates that logging start/stop times is required. ___ ___ ___ CUE:   Logging will be performed by another NSO. EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete. JPM Stop Time:
-   The MSIVs have just been re-opened and RCIC is no longer required for pressure control.
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04  NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 10 JPM  
-   This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE Shutdown the RCIC system and place the system in a standby condition with the suction from the CCSTs per QCOP 1300-05.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Vent Containment Irrespective of Release Rates with APCV.
(Failure of Torus Valve to Open, Requiring Venting Through the Drywell)
JPM Number: 2011 NRC JPM e (LS-053-I-A)
Revision Number: 04 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:
Instructor                           Date Validated By:
SME or Instructor                         Date Reviewed By:
Operations Representative                     Date Approved By:
Training Department                         Date NRC JPM e.doc                 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 1 of 10
 
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.
________   1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________   2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________   3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________   4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________   5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________   6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________   7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________   8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                       Rev:
Procedure                       Rev:
Procedure                       Rev:
________   9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________   10. Verify performance time is accurate
________   11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________   12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME/Instructor                                           Date SME/Instructor                                           Date SME/Instructor                                           Date NRC JPM e.doc                     SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 10
 
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, New JPM.
Revision 01, Revision 02, JPM revised to reflect procedure and K/A revisions.
Revision 03, K/A revised.
Revision 04, Updated the 2011 ILT Cert Exam version for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
NRC JPM e.doc                   SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 10
 
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 21.
NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Manual Actuation:
Start CAMs 901-55 & 56.
Start B SBGT.
Malfunctions: None Remotes: None Overrides: Fail AO 1-1601-60 control switch to open. ior dihs1160160 close
: 3. Be prepared to provide a blank copy of QCOP 1600-13 (Current Revision) POST ACCIDENT VENTING OF THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT.
: 4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 5. This completes the setup for this JPM.
NRC JPM e.doc                       SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 10
 
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 INITIAL CONDITIONS Note: The Simulator setup may not match the Initial Conditions provided.
A transient has occurred on Unit One resulting in fuel damage and hydrogen generation.
The US has entered QGA 200-5 and has determined that containment venting is required to reduce hydrogen concentration inside the containment.
Torus and Drywell hydrogen concentrations are at 7%.
Torus oxygen concentration is at 6%.
Drywell Pressure is 38 psig.
Torus pressure is 37 psig.
Torus level is 15 ft.
A plant assembly has been ordered. The plant is evacuated and all personnel are accounted for.
Sufficient Radwaste and Turbine Building Exhaust Fans are operating for adequate dilution.
One train of SBGT is operating.
QGAs state that it is "OK to exceed release rate limits."
RPS buses are energized.
This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE As the Reactor Operator, vent the Primary Containment in accordance with QCOP 1600-13 to control Primary Containment Hydrogen Concentration Less than 6%.
(Evaluator provide a blank copy of QCOP 1600-13 if the candidate chooses to use the QCOP or Flowchart rather than the Hard Card.)
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section at the bottom of the page. The comment section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
NRC JPM e.doc                       SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 10
 
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT    UNSAT   Number STEP               ELEMENT                               STANDARD NOTE: Operator may choose to use procedure, flowchart, or hard card.
C.2.     Verify RPS available to           N/As Prerequisite per Initial             ___   ___       ___
operate valves.                   Conditions.
F.1.     Operate fans to provide           Signs off as complete per initial         ___   ___       ___
(Hard Card  dilution flow.                    conditions.
1.a)
F.2.a-f. Verify closed primary             Verifies CLOSED lights lit for             ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card  containment valves.                the following valves:
1.b)                                        AO 1-1601-23 AO 1-1601-24 AO 1-1601-60 AO 1-1601-61 AO 1-1601-62 AO 1-1601-63 F.4.a. Evacuate the Reactor               Announces to evacuate the                 ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card  Building AND Turbine              Reactor Building AND Turbine 1.c)      Building.                          Building or signs off as CM per Initial Conditions.
  *F.4.b. Select APCV.                      Positions Master Vent Mode                ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card                                     Switch to the APCV position.
1.d)
F.4.c. Verify closed, Vent to Rx         Verifies AO 1-1699-7 closed               ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card  Bldg. vlv.                        light lit.
1.e)
EVALUATOR: The following 2 steps will bypass the 2.5 psig Group II isolation signal to allow opening containment vent valves.
  *F.4.d. Override Gp II signal for Vent   Positions AO 1-1601-24 CIS                 ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card  to Reactor Building exhaust        OVERRIDE switch to 1.f)    valve and verify Alarm 901-5      OVERRIDE AND holds for 1 E-4 is received.                  second. Verifies 901-5 E-4 alarm on NRC JPM e.doc                     SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 10
 
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 Comment SAT    UNSAT  Number STEP                 ELEMENT                             STANDARD
  *F.4.e.       Override Gp II signal for DW     SIMULTANEOUSLY positions                  ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card    & Torus Vent vlvs. and verify     AO 1-1601-23 CIS OVERRIDE 1.g)        Alarms 901-5 E-3 and F3 are       and AO 1-1601-60 CIS received.                        OVERRIDE switches to OVERRIDE AND holds for 1 second. Verifies 901-5 E-3 and F3 alarms on.
  *F.4.f.       Open Vent to Reactor             Positions AO 1-1601-24 CS to               ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card    Building Exhaust system          open.
1.h)        valve.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Alternate Path starts here.
F.4.g       Operator opens the AO 1-         Positions AO 1-1601-60 control             ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card    1601-60.                          switch to open.
2.a)
F.4.h       Operator recognizes inability    Operator recognizes inability to           ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card    to vent the containment          vent the containment through the 3.)        through the Torus, and need      Torus, and need to vent the to vent the Drywell.             Drywell.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Role play as Unit Supervisor upon notification of failure and restate need to vent the containment. The operator may dispatch an EO and/or maintenance to investigate. Role play as necessary to investigate the valve failure.
CUE:           If dispatched by the candidate, report as the EO or Maintenance that the solenoid for the AO 1-1601-60 has failed.
F.4.h.(1). Operator verifies closed the     Operator verifies closed the               ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card    Torus 18-inch Vent vlv.          Torus 18-inch Vent vlv AO-1601-3.a)                                        60.
*F.4.h.(2). Opens AO 1-1601-23 DW           Positions AO 1-1601-23 DW 18              ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card    18 vent valve.                  vent valve control switch to 3.b)                                        OPEN.
*F.4.h.(3). Opens AO 1-1699-6 to         Positions AO 1-1699-6 CS to                   ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card    achieve desired containment Open, then Close to reduce 3.c)      response , then closes valve. hydrogen concentration.
NRC JPM e.doc                       SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 10
 
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 Comment SAT    UNSAT  Number STEP                 ELEMENT                               STANDARD EVALUATOR NOTE: Closure of the AO 1-1699-6 valve is not included as a Critical Step.
Venting is based on H2/O2 concentration in the containment and not based on containment pressure (QGA 200-5 #33).
F.4.h.(3)(a). Monitor Release rate.             Monitors 1/2-1740-19, Chimney               ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card                                        Gas Activity Recorder (912-4) for 3.d)                                          proper documentation of the release.
EVALUATOR: 1/2-1740-202, Mn Chimney Gas Activity Recorder (912-1) may be checked and monitored per procedural step not included on Hard Card.
EVALUATOR: Provide cue to operators for Gas monitors 1/2-1740-19 and 1/2-1740-202 that gas activity recorders are reading slightly higher.
If asked, for the hydrogen concentration, the operator should check monitor hydrogen on the 901-55 and 901-56 panels on Gas recorders 1-2406A/B. Provide cue to the operator that hydrogen concentration is lowering.
F.4.h.(3)(b). Log Vent information.             Communicates that logging                 ___    ___      ___
(Hard Card                                        start/stop times is required.
3.e)
CUE:           Logging will be performed by another NSO.
EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
NRC JPM e.doc                       SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 8 of 10
 
2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title: Vent Containment Irrespective of Release Rates with APCV. (Failure of Torus Valve to Open, Requiring Venting Through the Drywell) JPM Number: 2011 Cert JPM e Revision Number: 03 Task Number and Title: SR-0001-P38   (Freq: LIC=A) Given a reactor plant, vent and purge the primary containment irrespective of off-site release rates when drywell OR torus hydrogen reaches 6% or unknown OR drywell OR torus oxygen reaches 5% or unknown in accordance with QGA 200-5. (BWROG PC-11.2) K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 223001 A2.04 Rating: 3.7/3.8 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the Primary Containment System and Auxiliaries; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High Containment/Drywell hydrogen concentration. Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 1600-13, Rev. 24, POST ACCIDENT VENTING OF THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
 
Operators Name:                                         Job
 
==Title:==
EO           RO       SRO         FS STA/IA               SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
Vent Containment Irrespective of Release Rates with APCV. (Failure of Torus Valve to Open, Requiring Venting Through the Drywell)
JPM Number:         2011 Cert JPM e                                 Revision Number: 03 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
SR-0001-P38 (Freq: LIC=A) Given a reactor plant, vent and purge the primary containment irrespective of off-site release rates when drywell OR torus hydrogen reaches 6% or unknown OR drywell OR torus oxygen reaches 5% or unknown in accordance with QGA 200-5. (BWROG PC-11.2)
K/A Number and Importance:         K/A: 223001 A2.04               Rating:           3.7/3.8 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the Primary Containment System and Auxiliaries; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High Containment/Drywell hydrogen concentration.
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes     No   SRO Only:     Yes       No     Time Critical:         Yes       No Reference(s): QCOP 1600-13, Rev. 24, POST ACCIDENT VENTING OF THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT Actual Testing Environment:           Simulator       Control Room               In-Plant           Other Testing Method:           Simulate       Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                 Actual Time Used:                   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No andards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:         :   (Print) :   Date:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?               Yes                   No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:               Satisfactory         Unsatisfactory Comments:
INITIAL CONDITIONS Note: The Simulator setup may not match the Initial Conditions provided. A transient has occurred on Unit One resulting in fuel damage and hydrogen generation. The US has entered QGA 200-5 and has determined that containment venting is required to reduce hydrogen concentration inside the containment. Torus and Drywell hydrogen concentrations are at 7%. Torus oxygen concentration is at 6%. Drywell Pressure is 38 psig. Torus pressure is 37 psig. Torus level is 15 ft. A plant assembly has been ordered. The plant is evacuated and all personnel are accounted for. Sufficient Radwaste and Turbine Building Exhaust Fans are operating for adequate dilution. One train of SBGT is operating. "OK to exceed release rate limits." RPS buses are energized. This JPM is not time critical. INITIATING CUE As the Reactor Operator, vent the Primary Containment in accordance with QCOP 1600-13 to control Primary Containment Hydrogen Concentration Less than 6%.
Evaluators Name:                                                       (Print)
NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 9  Exelon Nuclear  Job Performance Measure  Energize Bus 13-1 via the Crosstie with the 1/2 EDG failure   JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM f   Revision Number: 00 Date: 03/04/2012   Developed By:     Instructor Date Validated By:     SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:     Operations Representative Date Approved By:     Training Department Date 2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation. Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified. ________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. ________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other) ________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified. ________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified. ________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review. ________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*). ________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision: Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. ________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate ________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date 2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 9 Revision Record (Summary) Revision 00, This JPM was developed for the 2012 ILT NRC exam. It modifies existing bank JPM LS-062-I-A by converting from a loss of Bus 14-1 / U1 EDG to a loss of Bus 13-1 / 1/2 EDG.
Evaluators Signature:                                                 Date:
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 9 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS 1. Reset the simulator to IC 08. 2. Go to RUN 3. Run the CAEP file. 2012 NRC Day 1 JPMs.cae 4. Setup Commands:   Override Bus 13 to Bus 13-1 synch switch to off: ior diss165001327 off Prevent the 1/2 EDG from auto starting: imf dg04b Prevent the 1/2 EDG from manual starting: imf dg03b Prevent an auto scram on B RPS: imf rp02b Prevent an auto scram on B RPS: imf rp02d On Manual Trigger 30, Unit 2 xtie from Bus 23-1 to Bus 13-1: irf ed56r(30) close (This command establishes the Remote Function on Event Trigger 30, which allows snapping into an IC for repeat administration, rather than reloading the CAEP File for each session.) 5. Perform Manual Actions:   Open Bus 13-1 to 18 breaker Crosstie Bus 19 to Bus 18 o Close breaker at 18 o Close breaker at 19   o irf rp29r reset -01: o o Reset Group 1. Give each Inboard MSIV an OPEN signal. o Reset Group 2 and 3 Isolations. o Restore RWCU with approximately 80 gpm reject flow. o For Drywell Pneumatics, verify open AO-4720 and AO-4721 and AC running. o Reset Drywell the Rad Monitor. o Reset ARMs. o Restore Control Room ventilation (as necessary). o Reset 1st-Hit alarms. o Reinitialize digital displays at panel 901-3. Trip Bus 13-1 (overcurrent), then clear o imf ed03d o dmf ed03d o irf ed31r reset o irf ed29r reset 6. Clear SBO Alarms.
NRC JPM e.doc                        SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 9 INITIAL CONDITIONS - Unit 1 was operating at full power. - Unit 2 is operating at 150 MWe in a split configuration (load is split between the UAT and RAT). - Bus 23-1 is energized from its normal power supply. - Bus 19 was carrying Bus 18, appropriate Tech Specs have been entered. - A transient occurred resulting in a LOCA and drywell pressure of 5 psig. - The Bus 13 to Bus 13-1 tie breaker has tripped. - Bus 13-1 is de-energized. - The 1/2 Emergency Diesel Generator failed to auto-start. - NO immediate Operator actions have been taken. - Hardcard use has been authorized by the Unit Supervisor. - This JPM is NOT time critical. INITIATING CUE Energize Bus 13-1. Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue. UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
Page 9 of 10
* Denotes critical steps. Denotes critical elements of a critical step. document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed. The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
 
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 9 JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number EVALUATOR NOTE: If the candidate locates QCOA 6600-02 or QCOP 6500-08, provide a (Yellow) working copy of the procedure selected. C.1.a Operator recognizes that 901-8 C-4 is not up and starts the 1/2 EDG by placing the control switch to START. Operator recognizes that 901-8 C-4 is not up and places the 1/2 EDG control switch to START on the 901-8 panel. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator should recognize failure of auto EDG to start and take immediate operator actions per QCOA 6600-2 to place the control switch to START. C.1.b. Operator verifies voltage and frequency not developed, the output breaker is also open and Operator verifies voltage and frequency not developed, the output breaker is also open and ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: If Operator dispatches an EO to investigate failure of the diesel, D.2 Operator attempts restoration of Bus 13-1 from 23-1 with QCOP 6500-08. Operator attempts restoration of Bus 13-1 from 23-1 with QCOP 6500-08. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: Alternate Path starts here. Operator should recognize need to use QCOP 6500-08 (hard-card). If asked from US, re-- Operator selects hard card, Attachment B of QCOP 6500-08. Obtains hardcard for BUS 13-1 TO BUS 23-1 TIE OPERATION (BUS 13-1 DEAD) from the 901-74 panel. ___ ___ ___
INITIAL CONDITIONS Note: The Simulator setup may not match the Initial Conditions provided.
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 9 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *Hardcard step 1 Places control switches in pull to lock to isolate Bus 13-1. Bus 13-1 & Bus 61 Tie breaker 1/2 Diesel Gen to Bus 13-1 GCB Buses 13 and 13-1 Tie GCB 1A CS, 1A RHR, 1B RHR Places the following control switches in PTL. - Bus 13-1 & Bus 61 Tie breaker - 1/2 Diesel Gen to Bus 13-1 GCB - Buses 13 and 13-1 Tie GCB  - 1A CS - 1A RHR - 1B RHR ___ ___ ___ CUE: Role Play Unit 2 operator as necessary to acknowledge the following directive. *Hardcard step 2 Directs the Unit 2 NSO or ANSO to operate the synchronization switch and close bus 23-1 & 13-1 tie breaker. Directs the Unit 2 RO to perform the following two steps on the 902-8 panel: 1. Place SYNCH switch to ON for BUS 23-1 & 13-1 TIE GCB. 2. Close BUS 23-1 & 13-1 TIE GCB. ___ ___ ___ SIMOP: Coordinate with the Evaluator as necessary to perform the Unit 2 actions. Use Manual Trigger 30 to insert command irf ed56r close . Report to candidate that the bus 23-1 to 13-1 crosstie breaker on U-2 is closed in. *Hardcard step 3.a. Places the synchronization switch ON for the crosstie. Places the synchronization switch on the 901-8 panel to ON for BUS 13-1 & 23-1 TIE GCB ___ ___ ___ *Hardcard step 3.b. Close bus 13-1 & 23-1 tie breaker. Closes and holds (for approximately 10 seconds) the 13-1 & BUS 23-1 TIE GCB on the 901-8 panel. Reports BUS 13-1 & 23-1 TIE GCB closed and 13-1 is LIVE. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: Candidate should inform you that the task is complete. JPM Stop Time:
A transient has occurred on Unit One resulting in fuel damage and hydrogen generation.
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 9 JPM  
The US has entered QGA 200-5 and has determined that containment venting is required to reduce hydrogen concentration inside the containment.
Torus and Drywell hydrogen concentrations are at 7%.
Torus oxygen concentration is at 6%.
Drywell Pressure is 38 psig.
Torus pressure is 37 psig.
Torus level is 15 ft.
A plant assembly has been ordered. The plant is evacuated and all personnel are accounted for.
Sufficient Radwaste and Turbine Building Exhaust Fans are operating for adequate dilution.
One train of SBGT is operating.
QGAs state that it is "OK to exceed release rate limits."
RPS buses are energized.
This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE As the Reactor Operator, vent the Primary Containment in accordance with QCOP 1600-13 to control Primary Containment Hydrogen Concentration Less than 6%.
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Energize Bus 13-1 via the Crosstie with the 1/2 EDG failure JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM f Revision Number: 00 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:
Instructor                           Date Validated By:
SME or Instructor                       Date Reviewed By:
Operations Representative                     Date Approved By:
Training Department                       Date NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 1 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.
________         1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________         2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________         3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________         4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________         5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________         6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________         7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________         8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                         Rev:
Procedure                         Rev:
Procedure                         Rev:
________         9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________         10. Verify performance time is accurate
________         11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________         12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, This JPM was developed for the 2012 ILT NRC exam. It modifies existing bank JPM LS-062-I-A by converting from a loss of Bus 14-1 / U1 EDG to a loss of Bus 13-1 / 1/2 EDG.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 08.
: 2. Go to RUN
: 3. Run the CAEP file. 2012 NRC Day 1 JPMs.cae
: 4. Setup Commands:
Override Bus 13 to Bus 13-1 synch switch to off: ior diss165001327 off Prevent the 1/2 EDG from auto starting: imf dg04b Prevent the 1/2 EDG from manual starting: imf dg03b Prevent an auto scram on B RPS: imf rp02b Prevent an auto scram on B RPS: imf rp02d On Manual Trigger 30, Unit 2 xtie from Bus 23-1 to Bus 13-1: irf ed56r(30) close (This command establishes the Remote Function on Event Trigger 30, which allows snapping into an IC for repeat administration, rather than reloading the CAEP File for each session.)
: 5. Perform Manual Actions:
Open Bus 13-1 to 18 breaker Crosstie Bus 19 to Bus 18 o Close breaker at 18 o Close breaker at 19 Restore RPS A o irf rp29r reset Recover from RPS A loss per the following steps from QCOA 7000-01:
o Reset A 1/2 scram.
o Reset Group 1.
Give each Inboard MSIV an OPEN signal.
o Reset Group 2 and 3 Isolations.
o Restore RWCU with approximately 80 gpm reject flow.
o For Drywell Pneumatics, verify open AO-4720 and AO-4721 and AC running.
o Reset Drywell the Rad Monitor.
o Reset ARMs.
o Restore Control Room ventilation (as necessary).
o Reset 1st-Hit alarms.
o Reinitialize digital displays at panel 901-3.
Trip Bus 13-1 (overcurrent), then clear o imf ed03d o dmf ed03d o irf ed31r reset o irf ed29r reset
: 6. Clear SBO Alarms.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 INITIAL CONDITIONS
-     Unit 1 was operating at full power.
-     Unit 2 is operating at 150 MWe in a split configuration (load is split between the UAT and RAT).
-     Bus 23-1 is energized from its normal power supply.
-     Bus 19 was carrying Bus 18, appropriate Tech Specs have been entered.
-     A transient occurred resulting in a LOCA and drywell pressure of 5 psig.
-     The Bus 13 to Bus 13-1 tie breaker has tripped.
-     Bus 13-1 is de-energized.
-     The 1/2 Emergency Diesel Generator failed to auto-start.
-     NO immediate Operator actions have been taken.
-     Hardcard use has been authorized by the Unit Supervisor.
-     This JPM is NOT time critical.
INITIATING CUE Energize Bus 13-1.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP               ELEMENT                           STANDARD Number EVALUATOR NOTE: If the candidate locates QCOA 6600-02 or QCOP 6500-08, provide a (Yellow) working copy of the procedure selected.
C.1.a     Operator recognizes that      Operator recognizes that 901-8      ___    ___      ___
901-8 C-4 is not up and       C-4 is not up and places the 1/2 starts the 1/2 EDG by            EDG control switch to START placing the control switch    on the 901-8 panel.
to START.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator should recognize failure of auto EDG to start and take immediate operator actions per QCOA 6600-2 to place the control switch to START.
C.1.b. Operator verifies voltage     Operator verifies voltage and      ___    ___      ___
and frequency not              frequency not developed, the developed, the output          output breaker is also open and breaker is also open and       NO Live Bus light lit.
NO Live Bus light lit.
EVALUATOR NOTE: If Operator dispatches an EO to investigate failure of the diesel, acknowledge and reply: EO has been dispatched.
D.2     Operator attempts              Operator attempts restoration of   ___    ___      ___
restoration of Bus 13-1        Bus 13-1 from 23-1 with QCOP from 23-1 with QCOP           6500-08.
6500-08.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Alternate Path starts here.
Operator should recognize need to use QCOP 6500-08 (hard-card). If asked from US, re-state as the US the need to Energize Bus 13-1.
Operator selects hard card,   Obtains hardcard for BUS 13-1       ___    ___      ___
Attachment B of QCOP          TO BUS 23-1 TIE OPERATION 6500-08.                      (BUS 13-1 DEAD) from the 901-74 panel.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 Comment SAT   UNSAT STEP                ELEMENT                          STANDARD Number
*Hardcard   Places control switches in     Places the following control        ___    ___      ___
step 1      pull to lock to isolate Bus   switches in PTL.
13-1.                         - Bus 13-1 & Bus 61 Tie breaker Bus 13-1 & Bus 61 Tie      - 1/2 Diesel Gen to Bus 13-1 breaker                    GCB
                                            - Buses 13 and 13-1 Tie GCB 1/2 Diesel Gen to Bus
                                            - 1A CS 13-1 GCB
                                            - 1A RHR Buses 13 and 13-1 Tie     - 1B RHR GCB 1A CS, 1A RHR, 1B RHR CUE: Role Play Unit 2 operator as necessary to acknowledge the following directive.
*Hardcard     Directs the Unit 2 NSO or     Directs the Unit 2 RO to perform    ___    ___      ___
step 2      ANSO to operate the            the following two steps on the synchronization switch and     902-8 panel:
close bus 23-1 & 13-1 tie     1. Place SYNCH switch to ON breaker.                          for BUS 23-1 & 13-1 TIE GCB.
: 2. Close BUS 23-1 & 13-1 TIE GCB.
SIMOP: Coordinate with the Evaluator as necessary to perform the Unit 2 actions.
Use Manual Trigger 30 to insert command irf ed56r close .
Report to candidate that the bus 23-1 to 13-1 crosstie breaker on U-2 is closed in.
*Hardcard     Places the synchronization    Places the synchronization          ___    ___      ___
step 3.a. switch ON for the crosstie. switch on the 901-8 panel to ON for BUS 13-1 & 23-1 TIE GCB
*Hardcard     Close bus 13-1 & 23-1 tie     Closes and holds (for               ___    ___      ___
step 3.b. breaker.                      approximately 10 seconds) the 13-1 & BUS 23-1 TIE GCB on the 901-8 panel. Reports BUS 13-1
                                            & 23-1 TIE GCB closed and 13-1 is LIVE.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Candidate should inform you that the task is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 9
 
2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title: Energize Bus 13-1 via the Crosstie with the 1/2 EDG failure JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM f Revision Number: 00 Task Number and Title: SR-6500-P04 (Freq: LIC=B) Given a loss of normal power to an emergency bus (13-1 or 14-1) with a failure of the associated emergency diesel to start, supply power to the emergency bus using the crosstie from Unit 2 and restore 480vac busses in accordance with QOA 6500-03, QCOP 6500-08, QOA 6700-04 and QOA 6700-01. (Determine expected bus loading currents in accordance with QCOP 6500-28) (SOER 83-6 r4) K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 262001 A4.04 Rating: 3.6/3.7 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Synchronizing and paralleling of different A-C supplies. Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 6500-08, Rev. 24   QCOA 6600-02, Rev. 19 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
 
Operators Name:                                                 Job
 
==Title:==
EO         RO     SRO       FS STA/IA           SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
Energize Bus 13-1 via the Crosstie with the 1/2 EDG failure JPM Number:             2012 NRC JPM f                                   Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
SR-6500-P04 (Freq: LIC=B) Given a loss of normal power to an emergency bus (13-1 or 14-
: 1) with a failure of the associated emergency diesel to start, supply power to the emergency bus using the crosstie from Unit 2 and restore 480vac busses in accordance with QOA 6500-03, QCOP 6500-08, QOA 6700-04 and QOA 6700-01. (Determine expected bus loading currents in accordance with QCOP 6500-28) (SOER 83-6 r4)
K/A Number and Importance:                   K/A: 262001 A4.04           Rating:         3.6/3.7 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Synchronizing and paralleling of different A-C supplies.
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:         Yes         No     SRO Only:     Yes     No     Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s):           QCOP 6500-08, Rev. 24 QCOA 6600-02, Rev. 19 Actual Testing Environment:                   Simulator       Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:                 Simulate           Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                         Actual Time Used:           minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                 Ev:   (Print) :   Date:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) INITIAL CONDITIONS - Unit 1 was operating at full power. - Unit 2 is operating at 150 MWe in a split configuration (load is split between the UAT and RAT). - Bus 23-1 is energized from its normal power supply. - Bus 19 was carrying Bus 18, appropriate Tech Specs have been entered. - A transient occurred resulting in a LOCA and drywell pressure of 5 psig. - The Bus 13 to Bus 13-1 tie breaker has tripped. - Bus 13-1 is de-energized. - The 1/2 Emergency Diesel Generator failed to auto-start. - NO immediate Operator actions have been taken. - Hardcard use has been authorized by the Unit Supervisor. - This JPM is NOT time critical. INITIATING CUE Energize Bus 13-1.
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 10  Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure   Start-Up the RHRSW System With Reduced Pump Capacity   JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM g (LS-001-II-F) Revision Number: 10 Date: 03/04/2012   Developed By:     Instructor Date Validated By:     SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:     Operations Representative Date Approved By:     Training Department Date 2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation. Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified. ________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. ________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other) ________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified. ________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified. ________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review. ________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*). ________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision: Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. ________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate ________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date 2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary) Revision 05, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates. JPM revised to match procedure revision. Revision 06, JPM revised to match procedure revision. Revision 07, JPM revised to reflect procedure, format and KA changes. Revision 08, JPM revised to match procedure. Revision 09, JPM revised to reflect procedure number change, updated formatting and K/A. Revision 10, JPM updated for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS 1. Reset the simulator to IC any NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently. (The following commands are contained in CAEP file: 2012 NRC DAY 3 JPMs.cae) 2. Insert commands for setup: Malfunctions: imf sw05d 80 (RHR Service Water Pump 1D Reduced Capacity) imf sw05c 80 (RHR Service Water Pump 1C Reduced Capacity) Set triggers 5 and 6 to be true when the RHR Bldg SW Flow Select Switch is taken to Rev. Assign Event Triggers 5 & 6 to delete malfunction SW05D and SW05C :   Remotes: None Overrides: None 3. Verify the 1B RHR HX Service Cooler Flow Select switch is in the NORM position. 4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist. 5. This completes the setup for this JPM.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS - The next shift will be performing a HPCI run for engineering. - RHRSW is not on yet, US orders both RHRSW loops started. - No RHRSW loops have been drained and no discharge valves have been adjusted. - An EO has already performed pre-start checks for both RHRSW pumps and everyone is clear of the area. - This JPM is NOT time critical. INITIATING CUE Start--04. Provide candidate procedure copy. Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue. UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
Page 8 of 9
* Denotes critical steps. Denotes critical elements of a critical step. document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed. The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
 
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 10 JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number F.1.b.(1) Verify RHR HX A SERVICE WATER FLOW is in either NORMAL FLOW OR REVERSE FLOW lineup. Verifies RHR HX A SERVICE WATER FLOW is in either NORMAL FLOW OR REVERSE FLOW lineup. ___ ___ ___ *F.1.b.(2) Throttles MO 1-1001-5A to at least 40% open. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should make a plant announcement when starting 1A RHRSW pump. *F.1.b.(3) started. ___ ___ ___ *F.1.b.(4) MO 1-1001-5A throttled to a pump discharge pressure < 350 psig and < 3600 gpm. ___ ___ ___ F.1.b.(5) Checks process liquid rad monitor Verifies no increase in SW rads on recorder 1-1705-12 on 901-2 Panel ___ ___ ___ F.2.b.(1) water flow is in either NORMAL OR REVERSE FLOW lineup. Verifies RHR HX B SERVICE WATER FLOW is in either NORMAL FLOW OR REVERSE FLOW lineup. ___ ___ ___ *F.2.b.(2)   MO 1-1001-5B throttled open to at least 40%. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should make a plant announcement when starting 1C RHRSW pump. *F.2.b.(3)   mp on 'B' loop. ___ ___ ___ on local PI 1-1001-77C is 295 psig. It seems higher than normal.
INITIAL CONDITIONS
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 10 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number EVALUATOR NOTE: The following step may not be performed if the candidate has correctly diagnosed the problem. F.2.b.(4) Throttles RHR HX SW DISCH VLV as necessary. MO 1-1001-5B throttled to a pump discharge pressure < 350 psig and < 3600 gpm. ___ ___ ___ outlet pressure is low. et pressure is low and Informs US. ___ ___ ___  EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator should recognize the following conditions associated with High pump discharge pressure coupled with low heat exchanger outlet pressure and realize that the heat exchanger is fouled and needs to be reversed per step F.3. If asked, concur with candidate as US to reverse flow. This starts the alternate path of the JPM. F.3.a. Verify A and B RHR Loop pumps are off. Checks status of A and B RHR Loop pumps. ___ ___ ___ *F.3.b or F.2.e.(1)&(2) Secures running RHRSW pump and closes MO 1-1001-5B ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate may conclude the RHRSW pump is degraded and start the other RHRSW pump. In this case, report similar parameters. *F.3.d. Places 1B RHR HX SW flow select switch to rev. ___ ___ ___ F.3.d. (1)(2) Verify open MO-1-1001-186B and MO-1-1001-187B Verifies open MO-1-1001-186B and MO-1-1001-187B. ___ ___ ___ F.3.d. (3)(4) Verify closed MO-1-1001-4B and MO-1-1001-185B Verifies closed MO-1-1001-4B and MO-1-1001-185B ___ ___ ___ SIM OP: Verify trigger 5 and trigger 6 went true to delete malfunctions for RHRSW pumps (dmf sw05d, dmf sw05c). CUE:   The candidate should inform you that the RHRSW Hx flow has been 2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 10 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number F.2.b.(1). Verify RHR HX B service water flow is in either NORMAL OR REVERSE FLOW lineup. Verifies the RHR HX B Service Water in REVERSE FLOW lineup. ___ ___ ___ *F.2.b.(2) MO 1-1001-5B throttled open to at least 40%. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should make a plant announcement when starting 1C RHRSW pump. *F.2.b.(3) 1C RHRSW Pump on 'B' loop started. ___ ___ ___ *F.2.b.(4) MO 1-1001-5B throttled to a pump discharge pressure < 350 psig and < 3600 gpm. ___ ___ ___ F.2.b.(5) Checks process liquid rad monitor. Verifies no increase in SW Rads on recorder 1-1705-12 on 901-2 Panel ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete. JPM Stop Time:
- Unit 1 was operating at full power.
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 10 JPM  
- Unit 2 is operating at 150 MWe in a split configuration (load is split between the UAT and RAT).
- Bus 23-1 is energized from its normal power supply.
- Bus 19 was carrying Bus 18, appropriate Tech Specs have been entered.
- A transient occurred resulting in a LOCA and drywell pressure of 5 psig.
- The Bus 13 to Bus 13-1 tie breaker has tripped.
- Bus 13-1 is de-energized.
- The 1/2 Emergency Diesel Generator failed to auto-start.
- NO immediate Operator actions have been taken.
- Hardcard use has been authorized by the Unit Supervisor.
- This JPM is NOT time critical.
INITIATING CUE Energize Bus 13-1.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Start-Up the RHRSW System With Reduced Pump Capacity JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM g (LS-001-II-F)
Revision Number: 10 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:
Instructor                           Date Validated By:
SME or Instructor                       Date Reviewed By:
Operations Representative                     Date Approved By:
Training Department                       Date NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 1 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.
________         1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________         2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________         3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________         4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________         5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________         6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________         7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________         8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                           Rev:
Procedure                           Rev:
Procedure                           Rev:
________         9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________         10. Verify performance time is accurate
________         11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________         12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 05, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates.
JPM revised to match procedure revision.
Revision 06, JPM revised to match procedure revision.
Revision 07, JPM revised to reflect procedure, format and KA changes.
Revision 08, JPM revised to match procedure.
Revision 09, JPM revised to reflect procedure number change, updated formatting and K/A.
Revision 10, JPM updated for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC any NOTE:         It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
(The following commands are contained in CAEP file: 2012 NRC DAY 3 JPMs.cae)
: 2. Insert commands for setup:
Malfunctions:
imf sw05d 80 (RHR Service Water Pump 1D Reduced Capacity) imf sw05c 80 (RHR Service Water Pump 1C Reduced Capacity)
Set triggers 5 and 6 to be true when the RHR Bldg SW Flow Select Switch is taken to Rev.
trgset 5 zdihs110014b(2) trgset 6 zdihs110014b(2)
Assign Event Triggers 5 & 6 to delete malfunction SW05D and SW05C :
trg 5 dmf sw05d trg 6 dmf sw05c Remotes:
None Overrides:
None
: 3. Verify the 1B RHR HX Service Cooler Flow Select switch is in the NORM position.
: 4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 5. This completes the setup for this JPM.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS
-     The next shift will be performing a HPCI run for engineering.
-     RHRSW is not on yet, US orders both RHRSW loops started.
-     No RHRSW loops have been drained and no discharge valves have been adjusted.
-     An EO has already performed pre-start checks for both RHRSW pumps and everyone is clear of the area.
-     This JPM is NOT time critical.
INITIATING CUE Start-up the A and B RHR Service Water Loops in preparation for HPCI run using the A and C RHR Service Water pumps per QCOP 1000-04.
Provide candidate procedure copy.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP               ELEMENT                         STANDARD Number F.1.b.(1)     Verify RHR HX A SERVICE         Verifies RHR HX A SERVICE          ___    ___      ___
WATER FLOW is in either         WATER FLOW is in either NORMAL FLOW OR                 NORMAL FLOW OR REVERSE REVERSE FLOW lineup.           FLOW lineup.
*F.1.b.(2)   Throttle open RHR HX SW        Throttles MO 1-1001-5A to at       ___    ___      ___
DISCH VLV.                    least 40% open.
EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should make a plant announcement when starting 1A RHRSW pump.
*F.1.b.(3)   Start A RHRSW Pump on        A RHRSW pump on A loop          ___   ___     ___
A loop.                      started.
*F.1.b.(4)   Throttles RHR HX SW            MO 1-1001-5A throttled to a         ___    ___      ___
DISCH VLV as necessary.        pump discharge pressure < 350 psig and < 3600 gpm.
F.1.b.(5)     Checks process liquid rad       Verifies no increase in SW rads     ___    ___      ___
monitor                        on recorder 1-1705-12 on 901-2 Panel F.2.b.(1)     Verify RHR HX B service      Verifies RHR HX B SERVICE          ___    ___      ___
water flow is in either        WATER FLOW is in either NORMAL OR REVERSE               NORMAL FLOW OR REVERSE FLOW lineup.                   FLOW lineup.
*F.2.b.(2)   Throttle open RHR HX SW        MO 1-1001-5B throttled open to     ___   ___     ___
DISCH VLV.                    at least 40%.
EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should make a plant announcement when starting 1C RHRSW pump.
*F.2.b.(3)   Start C RHRSW Pump on        Start C RHRSW Pump on 'B'         ___   ___     ___
              'B' loop.                      loop.
SIMOP CUE: As EO, call the control room and report that C pump discharge pressure on local PI 1-1001-77C is 295 psig. It seems higher than normal.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                 ELEMENT                         STANDARD Number EVALUATOR NOTE: The following step may not be performed if the candidate has correctly diagnosed the problem.
F.2.b.(4)       Throttles RHR HX SW           MO 1-1001-5B throttled to a         ___    ___      ___
DISCH VLV as necessary.      pump discharge pressure < 350 psig and < 3600 gpm.
Recognizes B RHR HX        Recognizes B RHR HX outlet        ___   ___     ___
outlet pressure is low.       pressure is low and Informs US.
ROLE PLAY: As US, I understand that B RHRSW HX outlet pressure is low.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator should recognize the following conditions associated with the B RHRSW system:
High pump discharge pressure coupled with low heat exchanger outlet pressure and realize that the heat exchanger is fouled and needs to be reversed per step F.3.
If asked, concur with candidate as US to reverse flow.
This starts the alternate path of the JPM.
F.3.a.         Verify A and B RHR Loop       Checks status of A and B RHR       ___   ___     ___
pumps are off.                Loop pumps.
*F.3.b or       Verify B Loop RHR SW      Secures running RHRSW pump          ___    ___      ___
F.2.e.(1)&(2)   pumps off.                  and closes MO 1-1001-5B EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate may conclude the RHRSW pump is degraded and start the other RHRSW pump. In this case, report similar parameters.
*F.3.d.         Reverses flow through        Places 1B RHR HX SW flow           ___    ___      ___
RHRSW Heat Exchanger.        select switch to rev.
F.3.d.         Verify open MO-1-1001-       Verifies open MO-1-1001-186B        ___    ___      ___
(1)(2)          186B and MO-1-1001-187B      and MO-1-1001-187B.
F.3.d.         Verify closed MO-1-1001-4B   Verifies closed MO-1-1001-4B        ___    ___      ___
(3)(4)          and MO-1-1001-185B            and MO-1-1001-185B SIM OP: Verify trigger 5 and trigger 6 went true to delete malfunctions for RHRSW pumps (dmf sw05d, dmf sw05c).
CUE:           The candidate should inform you that the RHRSW Hx flow has been reversed. Inform candidate Restart RHRSW flow using the same pump on the B Loop.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP               ELEMENT                         STANDARD Number F.2.b.(1). Verify RHR HX B service         Verifies the RHR HX B Service      ___    ___      ___
water flow is in either         Water in REVERSE FLOW NORMAL OR REVERSE               lineup.
FLOW lineup.
*F.2.b.(2)   Throttle open RHR HX SW        MO 1-1001-5B throttled open to     ___    ___      ___
DISCH VLV.                    at least 40%.
EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should make a plant announcement when starting 1C RHRSW pump.
*F.2.b.(3)   Start RHRSW Pump on 'B'        1C RHRSW Pump on 'B' loop           ___   ___     ___
loop.                          started.
*F.2.b.(4)   Throttles RHR HX SW            MO 1-1001-5B throttled to a         ___    ___      ___
DISCH VLV as necessary.        pump discharge pressure < 350 psig and < 3600 gpm.
F.2.b.(5)     Checks process liquid rad       Verifies no increase in SW         ___    ___      ___
monitor.                        Rads on recorder 1-1705-12 on 901-2 Panel EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 8 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title: Start-Up the RHRSW System With Reduced Pump Capacity JPM Number: LS-001-II-F Revision Number: 09 Task Number and Title: SR-1000-P01   (Freq: LIC=A) (ILT-MP) Given a reactor plant, start the RHRSW system and RHR system in torus cooling in accordance with QCOP 1000-4 and QCOP 1000-9 or QCOP 1000-30.   (Important PRA Operator Action - starting torus cooling in conjunction with other actions has a RAW of 4320) (recovery of torus cooling after failure terminates 19 of top 100 core damage sequences) K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 400000 2.1.32 Rating: 3.8/4.0 Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions. Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 1000-04, Rev. 20, RHR SERVICE WATER SYSTEM OPERATION Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 24 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
 
Operators Name:                                                 Job
 
==Title:==
EO         RO     SRO       FS STA/IA           SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
Start-Up the RHRSW System With Reduced Pump Capacity JPM Number:             LS-001-II-F                                       Revision Number: 09 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
SR-1000-P01 (Freq: LIC=A) (ILT-MP) Given a reactor plant, start the RHRSW system and RHR system in torus cooling in accordance with QCOP 1000-4 and QCOP 1000-9 or QCOP 1000-30. (Important PRA Operator Action - starting torus cooling in conjunction with other actions has a RAW of 4320) (recovery of torus cooling after failure terminates 19 of top 100 core damage sequences)
K/A Number and Importance:                   K/A: 400000 2.1.32         Rating:         3.8/4.0 Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:         Yes         No     SRO Only:     Yes     No     Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s): QCOP 1000-04, Rev. 20, RHR SERVICE WATER SYSTEM OPERATION Actual Testing Environment:                   Simulator       Control Room         In-Plant     Other Testing Method:                 Simulate           Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 24 minutes                         Actual Time Used:           minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No aluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                 :   (Print) :   Date:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) INITIAL CONDITIONS - The next shift will be performing a HPCI run for engineering.  - RHRSW is not on yet, US orders both RHRSW loops started.  - No RHRSW loops have been drained and no discharge valves have been adjusted.  - An EO has already performed pre-start checks for both RHRSW pumps and everyone is clear of the area.  - This JPM is NOT time critical. INITIATING CUE Start--04.
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 10  Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure   Unisolate and Start the Reactor Building Ventilation System   JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM h (LS-077-I)   Revision Number: 01 Date: 03/04/2012   Developed By:     Instructor Date Validated By:     SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:     Operations Representative Date Approved By:     Training Department Date 2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation. Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified. ________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. ________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other) ________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified. ________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified. ________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review. ________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*). ________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision: Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. ________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate ________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date 2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary) Revision 00, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 9 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.2 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates. This is a new JPM that was developed for the 2009 NRC Initial License exam. Revision 01, Updated for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS 1. Reset the simulator to any IC. NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently. 2. Isolate the Reactor Building Ventilation system by inserting and deleting the Malfunction for Reactor Building Vent Radiation Monitor: RM02K, PROCESS RADIATION MONITORING FAILURE REAC BLDG VENT CH A: imf RM02K 100 dmf RM02K Reset the Rx Building Vent Channel A Rad Monitor and reset annunciators 901-3 A-3 and 901-3 G-3 Place all tripped U-1 and U-2 Reactor Building fan control switches in PTL. 3. Verify the following setup conditions: Outside air temperature approximately 80F on Panel 912-5, TI 1-5703-12B. 4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist. 5. This completes the setup for this JPM. 6. Provide a copy of QCOP 5750-02 with the follo  Prerequisite C.1, C.1.a   Prerequisite C.2, C.3 Signed off F.1.a   F.1.b   F.2   F.3, 4, 5 2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 ANSO. IMs have just completed a planned surveillance on the Reactor Building and Fuel Pool Radiation Monitors. Outside air temperature is approximately 80F. The heating Boiler is NOT in operation. Proper operation of the Unit-1 Differential Pressure Controller has been verified. All Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans that tripped on the isolation have been placed in Pull-to-Lock (PTL). Radiation Protection and Chemistry have been notified that Reactor Building Ventilation will be started. INITIATING CUE Restore the Unit-1 Reactor Building Ventilation System per QCOP 5750-02. Restart all Unit 1 Reactor Building Ventilation fans that have been placed in Pull-To-Lock. Another operator will restart the Unit-2 Reactor Building Ventilation fans as necessary. Inform the Unit supervisor when the Unit-1 Reactor Building ventilation has been returned to a normal operating lineup. Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue. UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
* Denotes critical steps. Denotes critical elements of a critical step. document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed. The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
Page 9 of 10
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 10 JPM Start Time:  STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number EVALUATOR NOTE: Provide the candidate with the prepared copy of QCOP 5750-02. EVALUATOR NOTE: Step F.1a and F.1.b are not applicable because, per the Turnover, the U-1 DPC was verified in operation and the heating boiler is not operating. F.1.c (1) If recovering from a manual or automatic RB Vent isolation, THEN: Verify all isolation signals are reset. Group II isolation signal is reset. Verifies the following annunciators are NOT in alarm: 901-3 G-3 901-3 A-3 901-5 A-8 901-5 B-5 ___ ___ ___ F.1.c (2) Verify RB Vent ( Supply and Exhaust fans) control switch targets are GREEN or are in PTL. On Panel 912-5, control switch positions for all tripped Reactor Building Vent Fans are GREEN or are in PTL. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate may chose to open both Units Isolation Dampers. However since the task is to restore Unit 1 ventilation, critical steps apply to Unit 1 components only. F.1.c (3) Momentarily place U1 and U2 RX BLDG INLT ISOL DMPRS control switch to CLOSE. At the 912-1 Panel: Momentarily places the 1-5741-196A HS to CLOSE AND 2-5741-196A HS to CLOSE. ___ ___ ___ F.1.c (4) Momentarily place U1 and U2 RX BLDG OUTLT ISOL DMPRS control switch to CLOSE. A the 912-1 panel: Momentarily places the 1-5741-250A HS to CLOSE AND 2-5741-250A HS to CLOSE. ___ ___ ___ CUE: The RB Vent Isolation can also be reset at a local panel. If the candidate tries to contact an EO to perform this task, Role Play as necessary. All EOs are busy at this time.
 
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 10 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *F.1.c (5) Reset the RB Vent Isolation. At the 912-1 panel: Presses the U1 and U2 ISOL DAMPER RESET pushbuttons. ___ ___ ___ *F.1.c (6) Open the RB Isolation Dampers. Momentarily places the following control switches at the 912-1 panel to OPEN: 1-5741-196A HS 1-5741-250A HS 2-5741-196A HS 2-5741-250A HS ___ ___ ___ F.1.d Verify OPEN indication for the U1 and U2 RB isolation dampers on 912-1 panel. Verifies the red OPEN lights are lit for the following dampers: AO 1-5741A AO 1-5741B AO 1-5742A AO 1-5742B AO 2-5741A AO 2-5741B AO 2-5742A AO 2-5742B ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR: Per the NOTE preceding these next two steps, the exhaust and supply fans` are to be started simultaneously to minimize dP swings. *F.1.e Start one RB EXH FAN, then one RB SUPPLY FAN. Simultaneously places the Control Switches for a U1 Reactor Building Exhaust Fan and a Reactor Building Supply holds for at least 5 seconds until current indication stabilizes. ___ ___ ___
INITIAL CONDITIONS
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 10 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *F.1.f Start a second RB EXH FAN, then a second RB SUPPLY FAN. Simultaneously places the Control Switches for a U1 Reactor Building Exhaust Fan and a Reactor Building Supply holds for at least 5 seconds until current indication stabilizes. ___ ___ ___ F.1.g Verify RX Building dP 0.1 to 0.25 H2O. RX Building dP verified to be  0.1 to 0.25 H2O, 912-5 dPI 1-5740-22, RX BLDG TO ATMOS DP. ___ ___ ___ EVALUATOR NOTE: Rx Bldg D/P may be less than -.25# H2O. This condition will be corrected when U2 RB vents are returned to Normal by another operator. If necessary, inform the candidate that the U2 NSO will correct it when U2 RB vents are started. F.1.h Place the standby Supply and Exhaust Fan control switches to AUTO-AFTEROFF. (green target) Places / verifies green targets for the remaining U-1 Supply and Exhaust fans. ___ ___ ___ CUE:   If the candidate starts to restore Unit-2 fans, remind the candidate that another operator will restart the Unit-2 fans as necessary. EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete. JPM Stop Time:
- The next shift will be performing a HPCI run for engineering.
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 10 JPM  
- RHRSW is not on yet, US orders both RHRSW loops started.
- No RHRSW loops have been drained and no discharge valves have been adjusted.
- An EO has already performed pre-start checks for both RHRSW pumps and everyone is clear of the area.
- This JPM is NOT time critical.
INITIATING CUE Start-up the A and B RHR Service Water Loops in preparation for HPCI run using the A and C RHR Service Water pumps per QCOP 1000-04.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Unisolate and Start the Reactor Building Ventilation System JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM h (LS-077-I)
Revision Number: 01 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:
Instructor                           Date Validated By:
SME or Instructor                       Date Reviewed By:
Operations Representative                     Date Approved By:
Training Department         Date NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 1 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.
________         1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________         2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________         3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________         4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________         5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________         6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________         7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________         8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                           Rev:
Procedure                           Rev:
Procedure                           Rev:
________         9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________         10. Verify performance time is accurate
________         11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________         12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00,           This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 9 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.2 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates.
This is a new JPM that was developed for the 2009 NRC Initial License exam.
Revision 01,           Updated for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to any IC.
NOTE:         It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Isolate the Reactor Building Ventilation system by inserting and deleting the Malfunction for Reactor Building Vent Radiation Monitor: RM02K, PROCESS RADIATION MONITORING FAILURE REAC BLDG VENT CH A:
imf RM02K 100 dmf RM02K Reset the Rx Building Vent Channel A Rad Monitor and reset annunciators 901-3 A-3 and 901-3 G-3 Place all tripped U-1 and U-2 Reactor Building fan control switches in PTL.
: 3. Verify the following setup conditions:
Outside air temperature approximately 80 F on Panel 912-5, TI 1-5703-12B.
: 4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 5. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 6. Provide a copy of QCOP 5750-02 with the following steps signed off/N/Ad:
Prerequisite C.1, C.1.a - N/Ad Prerequisite C.2, C.3 - Signed off F.1.a - N/Ad F.1.b - N/Ad F.2 - N/Ad F.3, 4, 5 - N/Ad G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 ANSO.
IMs have just completed a planned surveillance on the Reactor Building and Fuel Pool Radiation Monitors.
Outside air temperature is approximately 80 F.
The heating Boiler is NOT in operation.
Proper operation of the Unit-1 Differential Pressure Controller has been verified.
All Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans that tripped on the isolation have been placed in Pull-to-Lock (PTL).
Radiation Protection and Chemistry have been notified that Reactor Building Ventilation will be started.
INITIATING CUE Restore the Unit-1 Reactor Building Ventilation System per QCOP 5750-02. Restart all Unit 1 Reactor Building Ventilation fans that have been placed in Pull-To-Lock.
Another operator will restart the Unit-2 Reactor Building Ventilation fans as necessary.
Inform the Unit supervisor when the Unit-1 Reactor Building ventilation has been returned to a normal operating lineup.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT   UNSAT STEP               ELEMENT                           STANDARD Number EVALUATOR NOTE: Provide the candidate with the prepared copy of QCOP 5750-02.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Step F.1a and F.1.b are not applicable because, per the Turnover, the U-1 DPC was verified in operation and the heating boiler is not operating.
F.1.c   If recovering from a manual or     Group II isolation signal is reset. ___  ___    ___
(1)    automatic RB Vent isolation,        Verifies the following THEN:                              annunciators are NOT in alarm:
Verify all isolation signals are      901-3 G-3 reset.
901-3 A-3 901-5 A-8 901-5 B-5 F.1.c   Verify RB Vent ( Supply and         On Panel 912-5, control switch       ___  ___    ___
(2)    Exhaust fans) control switch        positions for all tripped Reactor targets are GREEN or are in        Building Vent Fans are GREEN PTL.                                or are in PTL.
EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate may chose to open both Units Isolation Dampers.
However since the task is to restore Unit 1 ventilation, critical steps apply to Unit 1 components only.
F.1.c   Momentarily place U1 and U2         At the 912-1 Panel:                   ___  ___    ___
(3)    RX BLDG INLT ISOL DMPRS            Momentarily places the 1-5741-control switch to CLOSE.            196A HS to CLOSE AND 2-5741-196A HS to CLOSE.
F.1.c   Momentarily place U1 and U2         A the 912-1 panel:                   ___  ___    ___
(4)    RX BLDG OUTLT ISOL                  Momentarily places the 1-5741-DMPRS control switch to            250A HS to CLOSE AND CLOSE.                              2-5741-250A HS to CLOSE.
CUE:     The RB Vent Isolation can also be reset at a local panel. If the candidate tries to contact an EO to perform this task, Role Play as necessary. All EOs are busy at this time.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP               ELEMENT                           STANDARD Number
*F.1.c   Reset the RB Vent Isolation. At the 912-1 panel:                 ___  ___      ___
(5)                                      Presses the U1 and U2 ISOL DAMPER RESET pushbuttons.
*F.1.c   Open the RB Isolation           Momentarily places the               ___  ___      ___
(6)    Dampers.                          following control switches at the 912-1 panel to OPEN:
1-5741-196A HS 1-5741-250A HS 2-5741-196A HS 2-5741-250A HS F.1.d   Verify OPEN indication for the   Verifies the red OPEN lights are    ___  ___      ___
U1 and U2 RB isolation           lit for the following dampers:
dampers on 912-1 panel.           AO 1-5741A AO 1-5741B AO 1-5742A AO 1-5742B AO 2-5741A AO 2-5741B AO 2-5742A AO 2-5742B EVALUATOR: Per the NOTE preceding these next two steps, the exhaust and supply fans` are to be started simultaneously to minimize dP swings.
*F.1.e     Start one RB EXH FAN, then       Simultaneously places the            ___  ___      ___
one RB SUPPLY FAN.               Control Switches for a U1 Reactor Building Exhaust Fan and a Reactor Building Supply Fan to the ON position and holds for at least 5 seconds until current indication stabilizes.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP               ELEMENT                           STANDARD Number
*F.1.f   Start a second RB EXH FAN,       Simultaneously places the            ___  ___      ___
then a second RB SUPPLY           Control Switches for a U1 FAN.                              Reactor Building Exhaust Fan and a Reactor Building Supply Fan to the ON position and holds for at least 5 seconds until current indication stabilizes.
F.1.g   Verify RX Building dP             RX Building dP verified to be        ___  ___      ___
          -0.1 to -0.25 H2O.               -0.1 to -0.25 H2O, 912-5 dPI 1-5740-22, RX BLDG TO ATMOS DP.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Rx Bldg D/P may be less than -.25# H2O. This condition will be corrected when U2 RB vents are returned to Normal by another operator. If necessary, inform the candidate that the U2 NSO will correct it when U2 RB vents are started.
F.1.h   Place the standby Supply and     Places / verifies green targets     ___  ___      ___
Exhaust Fan control switches      for the remaining U-1 Supply to AUTO-AFTER-OFF. (green        and Exhaust fans.
target)
CUE:     If the candidate starts to restore Unit-2 fans, remind the candidate that another operator will restart the Unit-2 fans as necessary.
EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 8 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title: Unisolate and Start the Reactor Building Ventilation System JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM h Revision Number: 01 Task Number and Title: SR-5750-P03 Given an operating reactor plant following a reactor building ventilation isolation, unisolate and start the reactor building ventilation system IAW QCOP 5750-02. K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 288000 A4.01 Rating: 3.1/2.9 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Start and stop fans Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 5750-02, Rev. 20, Reactor Building Ventilation System Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 00 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
 
Operators Name:                                                 Job
 
==Title:==
EO         RO     SRO       FS STA/IA           SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
Unisolate and Start the Reactor Building Ventilation System JPM Number:             2012 NRC JPM h                                   Revision Number: 01 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
SR-5750-P03 Given an operating reactor plant following a reactor building ventilation isolation, unisolate and start the reactor building ventilation system IAW QCOP 5750-02.
K/A Number and Importance:                   K/A: 288000 A4.01           Rating:         3.1/2.9 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Start and stop fans Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:         Yes         No     SRO Only:     Yes     No     Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s): QCOP 5750-02, Rev. 20, Reactor Building Ventilation System Actual Testing Environment:                   Simulator       Control Room         In-Plant     Other Testing Method:                 Simulate           Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 00 minutes                         Actual Time Used:           minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                     :   (Print) :   Date:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) INITIAL CONDITIONS   You are the Unit 1 ANSO. IMs have just completed a planned surveillance on the Reactor Building and Fuel Pool Radiation Monitors. Outside air temperature is approximately 80F. The heating Boiler is NOT in operation. Proper operation of the Unit-1 Differential Pressure Controller has been verified. All Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans that tripped on the isolation have been placed in Pull-to-Lock (PTL). Radiation Protection and Chemistry have been notified that Reactor Building Ventilation will be started. INITIATING CUE Restore the Unit-1 Reactor Building Ventilation System per QCOP 5750-02. Restart all Unit 1 Reactor Building Ventilation fans that have been placed in Pull-To-Lock. Another operator will restart the Unit-2 Reactor Building Ventilation fans as necessary. Inform the Unit supervisor when the Unit-1 Reactor Building ventilation has been returned to a normal operating lineup.
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 8  Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure   Inject Water Into the RPV Using the Condensate System Crosstie   JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM i (LP-001-II) Revision Number: 07 Date: 03/04/2012   Developed By:     Instructor Date Validated By:     SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:     Operations Representative Date Approved By:     Training Department Date 2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 8 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation. Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified. ________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. ________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other) ________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified. ________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified. ________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review. ________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*). ________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision: Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. ________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate ________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date 2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 8 Revision Record (Summary) Revision 00, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates. JPM revised to match procedure changes. Revision 01, JPM revised to match procedure changes. Revision 02, JPM revised to update estimated times. Revision 03, JPM revised to match procedure changes. Revision 04, JPM revised to update estimated times. Revision 05, JPM revised to update procedure reference. Revision 06, JPM revised to update procedure reference. Revision 07, JPM updated for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 8 INITIAL CONDITIONS - Problems have developed on Unit 2(1) which require the Alternate Injection Systems to be lined-up in order to restore reactor water level. - The Unit Supervisor has directed you to inject water from the Unit 1(2) Condensate system into the Unit 2(1) reactor using the Condensate system crosstie in accordance with QCOP 3300-12 as directed by QGA 100. - The Unit 1(2) Condensate pumps are operating normally. - The Unit 1 and 2 NSOs are aware of the situation and are standing by to monitor parameters in the Control Room. - There are no Condensate Demin backwashes in progress on either unit. - You have obtained an S-key and are ready to perform the task. - This JPM is not time critical. INITIATING CUE Line-up the Condensate System crosstie and begin restoring Unit 2(1) reactor level IAW QCOP 3300-12. Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue. UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
* Denotes critical steps. Denotes critical elements of a critical step. document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed. The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
Page 9 of 10
2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 8 JPM Start Time:  STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number EVALUATOR NOTE: Provide the candidate with a copy of QCOP 3300-12. EVALUATOR NOTE: Per OP-AA-103-105, if the candidate elects to manually close the outlet valves, the breakers should first be opened. Given the importance of restoring vessel level it is not considered vital that this is done (however, it should be discussed with the candidate at the conclusion of the walkthroughs). If the candidate does open the breakers, cue him that all outlet valve breakers are open. *F.2.a.(1) or *F.2.a.(2) Close U-2(1) Demin outlet OR Manually close MO 1(2)-3302 cond F/D vessel vlv for all demins. At U-2(1) cond demin panels (2252(1)-11 & 116) depresses outlet vlv close pushbuttons or locates all outlet MOs, depresses declutch lever, and rotates handwheel clockwise. (MO 2(1)-3302A through H) ___ ___ ___ CUE: F.2.b. Verify closed 2(1)-3303 cond demin bypass valve. At U-2(1) cond demin panel verifies green light lit (MO 2(1)-3303) or locally, at the bypass valve, verifies green light lit, (near MO 2(1)-3303) or contacts CR to verify closed. ___ ___ ___ CUE: -2(1) demin byp vlv  *F.2.c. Open 1-5599-68 U-1 cond hdr to 1/2 backwash hdr sv. Locates and rotates the 1-5599-68 vlv handwheel counter-clockwise. (South of U-1 PC TK) ___ ___ ___ CUE: Point to the handwheel and 2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 8 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number F.2.d. Verify MO 2(1)-3205A & MO 2(1)-3205B U-2(1) Rx FW inlet vlvs open. Contacts CR to verify MO 2(1)-3205A AND B are open. ___ ___ ___ CUE: -2(1) feedwater inlet valve F.2.e. Verify MO 2(1)-3201A, MO 2(1)-3201B or MO 2(1)-3201C U-2(1) RFP disch valve open. Contacts CR to verify MO 2(1)-3201A, B, OR C are open. ___ ___ ___ CUE:  F.2.f. Verify 2(1)-640-19A, 2(1)-640-19B, 2(1)-640-20 closed. Contacts CR to verify all 3 closed. ___ ___ ___ CUE: *F.2.g. Throttle open 2-5599-68 U-2 cond hdr to 1/2 backwash hdr sv. Locates, unlocks, and rotates the U-2 2-5599-68 valve handwheel counterclockwise -1 cond demin panel) and informs CR that line-up is complete, they may begin injection. ___ ___ ___ CUE: Point to the 2-5599-68 handwheflow reg valve and U-2(1) Rx level is inc. EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete. JPM Stop Time:
 
2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 8 JPM  
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 ANSO.
IMs have just completed a planned surveillance on the Reactor Building and Fuel Pool Radiation Monitors.
Outside air temperature is approximately 80 F.
The heating Boiler is NOT in operation.
Proper operation of the Unit-1 Differential Pressure Controller has been verified.
All Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans that tripped on the isolation have been placed in Pull-to-Lock (PTL).
Radiation Protection and Chemistry have been notified that Reactor Building Ventilation will be started.
INITIATING CUE Restore the Unit-1 Reactor Building Ventilation System per QCOP 5750-02. Restart all Unit 1 Reactor Building Ventilation fans that have been placed in Pull-To-Lock.
Another operator will restart the Unit-2 Reactor Building Ventilation fans as necessary.
Inform the Unit supervisor when the Unit-1 Reactor Building ventilation has been returned to a normal operating lineup.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Inject Water Into the RPV Using the Condensate System Crosstie JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM i (LP-001-II)
Revision Number: 07 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:
Instructor                         Date Validated By:
SME or Instructor                       Date Reviewed By:
Operations Representative                     Date Approved By:
Training Department                       Date NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 1 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.
________         1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________         2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________         3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________         4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________         5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________         6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________         7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________         8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                         Rev:
Procedure                         Rev:
Procedure                         Rev:
________         9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________         10. Verify performance time is accurate
________         11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________         12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates.
JPM revised to match procedure changes.
Revision 01, JPM revised to match procedure changes.
Revision 02, JPM revised to update estimated times.
Revision 03, JPM revised to match procedure changes.
Revision 04, JPM revised to update estimated times.
Revision 05, JPM revised to update procedure reference.
Revision 06, JPM revised to update procedure reference.
Revision 07, JPM updated for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 INITIAL CONDITIONS
-     Problems have developed on Unit 2(1) which require the Alternate Injection Systems to be lined-up in order to restore reactor water level.
-     The Unit Supervisor has directed you to inject water from the Unit 1(2) Condensate system into the Unit 2(1) reactor using the Condensate system crosstie in accordance with QCOP 3300-12 as directed by QGA 100.
-     The Unit 1(2) Condensate pumps are operating normally.
-     The Unit 1 and 2 NSOs are aware of the situation and are standing by to monitor parameters in the Control Room.
-     There are no Condensate Demin backwashes in progress on either unit.
-     You have obtained an S-key and are ready to perform the task.
-     This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE Line-up the Condensate System crosstie and begin restoring Unit 2(1) reactor level IAW QCOP 3300-12.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT   UNSAT STEP               ELEMENT                         STANDARD Number EVALUATOR NOTE: Provide the candidate with a copy of QCOP 3300-12.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Per OP-AA-103-105, if the candidate elects to manually close the outlet valves, the breakers should first be opened. Given the importance of restoring vessel level it is not considered vital that this is done (however, it should be discussed with the candidate at the conclusion of the walkthroughs). If the candidate does open the breakers, cue him that all outlet valve breakers are open.
*F.2.a.(1)   Close U-2(1) Demin outlet     At U-2(1) cond demin panels          ___  ___    ___
or      valves E on all demins       (2252(1)-11 & 116) depresses
*F.2.a.(2)                                  A through H cond demin OR                              outlet vlv close pushbuttons or Manually close MO 1(2)-        locates all outlet MOs, 3302 cond F/D vessel vlv for    depresses declutch lever, and all demins.                    rotates handwheel clockwise.
(MO 2(1)-3302A through H)
CUE:       Point to the Demin Outlet Valve (E) indicating lights and state, Closed lights are lit. (Or, if manually closed, state, The handwheel will not rotate any further, threads are visible on the stem.)
F.2.b. Verify closed 2(1)-3303 cond   At U-2(1) cond demin panel           ___  ___    ___
demin bypass valve.            verifies green light lit (MO 2(1)-
3303) or locally, at the bypass valve, verifies green light lit, (near MO 2(1)-3303) or contacts CR to verify closed.
CUE:       Point to light and state, The light is lit or CR reports U-2(1) demin byp vlv is closed.
  *F.2.c.     Open 1-5599-68 U-1 cond       Locates and rotates the 1-5599-      ___  ___    ___
hdr to 1/2 backwash hdr sv.       68 vlv handwheel counter-clockwise. (South of U-1 PC TK)
CUE:       Point to the handwheel and state, The valve handwheel will not rotate any further.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 Comment SAT  UNSAT STEP               ELEMENT                           STANDARD Number F.2.d. Verify MO 2(1)-3205A & MO       Contacts CR to verify MO 2(1)-      ___    ___    ___
2(1)-3205B U-2(1) Rx FW         3205A AND B are open.
inlet vlvs open.
CUE:     Report as NSO that, The U-2(1) feedwater inlet valves are open.
F.2.e. Verify MO 2(1)-3201A, MO       Contacts CR to verify MO 2(1)-     ___    ___    ___
2(1)-3201B or MO 2(1)-         3201A, B, OR C are open.
3201C U-2(1) RFP disch valve open.
CUE:      Report back as NSO that, The A & B RFP disch valves are open.
F.2.f. Verify 2(1)-640-19A, 2(1)-     Contacts CR to verify all 3        ___    ___    ___
640-19B, 2(1)-640-20           FWRVs are in manual and FWRVs in manual and            closed.
closed.
CUE:     Report back as NSO that, All FWRVs are in manual and closed.
*F.2.g. Throttle open 2-5599-68 U-     Locates, unlocks, and rotates      ___    ___    ___
2 cond hdr to 1/2 backwash       the U-2 2-5599-68 valve hdr sv.                        handwheel counterclockwise (20 East of U-1 cond demin panel) and informs CR that line-up is complete, they may begin injection.
CUE:     Point to the 2-5599-68 handwheel and state, The valve handwheel will not rotate any further. (After contacting the CR) the CR has opened the low flow reg valve and U-2(1) Rx level is inc.
EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title: inject Water Into the RPV Using the Condensate System Crosstie JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM i Revision Number: 07 Task Number and Title: SRN-3300-P07 (Freq: LIC=B NF=B) Given a reactor plant in a QGA condition, locally crosstie the unit condensate systems to inject into the RPV in accordance with QCOP 3300-12. K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 295031 EA1.11 Rating: 4.1/4.1 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Condensate. Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 3300-12, Rev. 11, Injection Into the Reactor Using the Condensate System Crosstie OP-AA-103-105, Rev. 01, Limitorque Motor Operated Valve Operations Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 17 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
 
Operators Name:                                                 Job
 
==Title:==
EO         RO     SRO       FS STA/IA           SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
inject Water Into the RPV Using the Condensate System Crosstie JPM Number:             2012 NRC JPM i                                   Revision Number: 07 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
SRN-3300-P07 (Freq: LIC=B NF=B) Given a reactor plant in a QGA condition, locally crosstie the unit condensate systems to inject into the RPV in accordance with QCOP 3300-12.
K/A Number and Importance:                   K/A:     295031 EA1.11     Rating:         4.1/4.1 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Condensate.
Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path:         Yes         No     SRO Only:     Yes     No     Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s): QCOP 3300-12, Rev. 11, Injection Into the Reactor Using the Condensate System Crosstie OP-AA-103-105, Rev. 01, Limitorque Motor Operated Valve Operations Actual Testing Environment:                   Simulator       Control Room         In-Plant     Other Testing Method:                 Simulate           Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 17                 minutes         Actual Time Used:           minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:               :   (Print) :   Date:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) INITIAL CONDITIONS - Problems have developed on Unit 2(1) which require the Alternate Injection Systems to be lined-up in order to restore reactor water level. - The Unit Supervisor has directed you to inject water from the Unit 1(2) Condensate system into the Unit 2(1) reactor using the Condensate system crosstie in accordance with QCOP 3300-12 as directed by QGA 100. - The Unit 1(2) Condensate pumps are operating normally. - The Unit 1 and 2 NSOs are aware of the situation and are standing by to monitor parameters in the Control Room. - There are no Condensate Demin backwashes in progress on either unit. - You have obtained an S-key and are ready to perform the task. - This JPM is not time critical. INITIATING CUE Line-up the Condensate System crosstie and begin restoring Unit 2(1) reactor level IAW QCOP 3300-12.
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 10  Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure     JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM j (LP-008-I) Revision Number: 18 Date: 03/04/2012   Developed By:     Instructor Date Validated By:     SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:     Operations Representative Date Approved By:     Training Department Date 2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18  NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation. Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified. ________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. ________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other) ________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified. ________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified. ________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review. ________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*). ________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision: Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. ________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate ________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:         SME/Instructor Date       SME/Instructor Date       SME/Instructor Date 2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18  NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary) Revision 13, JPM revised to match procedure changes. Revision 14, JPM revised to match procedure changes. Revision 15, JPM revised to match procedure changes. Revision 16, JPM revised to match procedure revision. Revision 17, Fixed typos on pages 4, 6, 7, and 10. Revised K/A importance values and revised procedure revision number. Revision 18, Updated for 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18  NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS - Unit 1(2) is operating steady state at 30% power in Mode 1. - -  - The Unit Supervisor and Unit NSO have been notified of the B RPS transfer. - No surveillances are in progress which would result in a half scram. - All MSIV DC power indicating lights on the 901(2)-61 & 62 panels have been verified illuminated.  - The SRM shorting links have been verified installed. - 70 mA DC at the 901(2)-3 panel.  - Relays 1(2)-0595-107A and 1(2)-0595-107B have been verified energized. - -2(29-2) compartment D4 has been closed. - The key is already in the lock due to being on reserve feed. - The 1(2) A and B RWCU demins have been placed on HOLD per QCOP 1200-03. - OPRM Jumpers have been installed on RPS A. - This JPM is not time critical. INITIATING CUE PlQOP 7000-01. Provide examinee with: QOP 7000-01 Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18   NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 10  UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
Page 7 of 8
* Denotes critical steps. Denotes critical elements of a critical step. section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations. Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed. The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
 
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18  NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 10  JPM Start Time:  STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number Control Panel in order to provide the appropriate cues. If it is selected to the BUS position, then the voltmeter will be indicating 120 volts due to the bus being on reserve UNTIL the MG set is started and the AUX RESET pushbutton is depressed. The MG set will trip on undervoltage if the Auxiliary Reset P.B. is pushed prior to the MG set attaining full speed (about 35 seconds). *F.1.b.(1) Close Motor Starter control switch. close. ___ ___ ___ CUE:  Point to MG set red running light and state: This light is lit. F.1.b.(3) Place Voltage Transfer Switch in GEN position. Positions Voltage Transfer Switch in GEN position. ___ ___ ___ CUE:  The control switch is in this position. *F.1.b.(4) Wait 60 seconds after starting RPS MG Set, then press Auxiliary Reset Button and hold until the voltage builds up (approximately 10 seconds). MG Set, depress aux. Reset PB & holds 10 seconds. ___ ___ ___ CUE:  After they indicate expected voltage, then point to 120 on the voltmeter and state voltage indicates here. F.1.b.(5)(a) Verify the POWER IN indicator on EPA 1B-1 (2B-1) is lit. Verifies 1B-1 (2B-1) EPA  ___ ___ ___ CUE:   *F.1.b.(5)(b) Close circuit breaker 1B-1 (2B-1). Positions 1B-1 (2B-1) EPA breaker to close. ___ ___ ___
INITIAL CONDITIONS
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18  NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 10 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number F.1.b.(5)(c) Verify power out indicator lit on EPA 1B-1 (2B-1). Verifies 1B-1 (2B-1) EPA  ___ ___ ___ CUE:   F.1.b.(6)(a) Verify POWER IN indicator on EPA 1B-2 (2B-2) is lit. Verifies 1B-2 (2B-2) EPA  ___ ___ ___ CUE:    *F.1.b.(6)(b) Close circuit breaker 1B-2 (2B-2). Positions 1B-2 (2B-2) EPA breaker to close. ___ ___ ___ F.1.b.(6)(c) Verify power out indicator lit on EPA 1B-2 (2B-2). Verifies 1B-2 (2B- ___ ___ ___ CUE:   EVALUATOR: The candidate may elect to call the control room to inform them that the essary cues. *F.1.b.(7) Open the reserve feed circuit breaker at the RPS panel. feed breaker.  (Key already in lock.) ___ ___ ___ CUE: Breaker is open. EVALUATOR: The candidate should wait at least 5 seconds before closing the normal does not, this should be a remediation item and noted on this JPM. *F.1.b.(9) Close the normal feed circuit breaker. normal feed breaker. ___ ___ ___ CUE:  Breaker is closed. F.1.b.(10) Verify the RPS generator and bus voltages are normal, 114 to 121 VAC. Positions VOLTAGE SELECTOR switch to BUS & GEN positions & verifies both between 114 and 121 volts. ___ ___ ___
- Problems have developed on Unit 2(1) which require the Alternate Injection Systems to be lined-up in order to restore reactor water level.
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18  NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 10 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE:   If asked, point to 120 volts on the volt meter. F.1.b.(11) Lock the reserve feed breaker in the OFF position. Positions key to move bolt over reserve feed breaker and removes key. ___ ___ ___ F.1.b.(12) Return key to Shift  Key returned to SM cabinet. ___ ___ ___ CUE:   You have received a call from the Control Room stating the NSO will perform Step F.1.c. EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete. JPM Stop Time:
- The Unit Supervisor has directed you to inject water from the Unit 1(2) Condensate system into the Unit 2(1) reactor using the Condensate system crosstie in accordance with QCOP 3300-12 as directed by QGA 100.
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18   NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 10 JPM  
- The Unit 1(2) Condensate pumps are operating normally.
- The Unit 1 and 2 NSOs are aware of the situation and are standing by to monitor parameters in the Control Room.
- There are no Condensate Demin backwashes in progress on either unit.
- You have obtained an S-key and are ready to perform the task.
- This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE Line-up the Condensate System crosstie and begin restoring Unit 2(1) reactor level IAW QCOP 3300-12.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Energize the B RPS Bus with Normal Power JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM j (LP-008-I)
Revision Number: 18 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:
Instructor                         Date Validated By:
SME or Instructor                       Date Reviewed By:
Operations Representative                     Date Approved By:
Training Department                       Date NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 1 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.
________     1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________     2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________     3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________     4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________     5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________     6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________     7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________     8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                           Rev:
Procedure                           Rev:
Procedure                           Rev:
________     9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________     10. Verify performance time is accurate
________     11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________     12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME/Instructor                                               Date SME/Instructor                                               Date SME/Instructor                                               Date NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 13, JPM revised to match procedure changes.
Revision 14, JPM revised to match procedure changes.
Revision 15, JPM revised to match procedure changes.
Revision 16, JPM revised to match procedure revision.
Revision 17, Fixed typos on pages 4, 6, 7, and 10. Revised K/A importance values and revised procedure revision number.
Revision 18, Updated for 2012 ILT NRC Exam.
NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 INITIAL CONDITIONS
    -   Unit 1(2) is operating steady state at 30% power in Mode 1.
    -   RPS B is currently being powered from its reserve power supply due to repairs on the B MG set.
    -   The B RPS MG set has been repaired and returned to service, but is NOT running.
    -   The Unit Supervisor and Unit NSO have been notified of the B RPS transfer.
    -   No surveillances are in progress which would result in a half scram.
    -   All MSIV DC power indicating lights on the 901(2)-61 & 62 panels have been verified illuminated.
    -   The SRM shorting links have been verified installed.
    -   EMs verified the DC solenoid currents are between 45 - 70 mA DC at the 901(2)-3 panel.
    -   Relays 1(2)-0595-107A and 1(2)-0595-107B have been verified energized.
    -  The Main feed breaker to the B MG set at MCC 19-2(29-2) compartment D4 has been closed.
    -  The key is already in the lock due to being on reserve feed.
    -  The 1(2) A and B RWCU demins have been placed on HOLD per QCOP 1200-03.
    -  OPRM Jumpers have been installed on RPS A.
    -  This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE Place the Unit ____ B RPS bus on its normal power supply, and verify proper operation per QOP 7000-01.
Provide examinee with:
QOP 7000-01 Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section at the bottom of the page. The comment section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT  UNSAT  Number STEP                    ELEMENT                                STANDARD EVALUATOR: Note the position of the VOLTAGE SELECTOR switch on the B RPS Bus Control Panel in order to provide the appropriate cues. If it is selected to the BUS position, then the voltmeter will be indicating 120 volts due to the bus being on reserve power. If it is selected to the GEN position, then the voltmeter will be indicating 0 volts UNTIL the MG set is started and the AUX RESET pushbutton is depressed. The MG set will trip on undervoltage if the Auxiliary Reset P.B. is pushed prior to the MG set attaining full speed (about 35 seconds).
*F.1.b.(1)     Close Motor Starter control          Positions B MG set CS to            ___    ___    ___
switch.                              close.
CUE:            Point to MG set red running light and state: This light is lit.
F.1.b.(3)     Place Voltage Transfer                Positions Voltage Transfer            ___   ___     ___
Switch in GEN position.              Switch in GEN position.
CUE:           Point to GEN on the voltage transfer switch and state: The control switch is in this position.
*F.1.b.(4)     Wait 60 seconds after                60 seconds after starting the B    ___    ___    ___
starting RPS MG Set, then            MG Set, depress aux. Reset PB press Auxiliary Reset Button          & holds 10 seconds.
and hold until the voltage builds up (approximately 10 seconds).
CUE:           After they indicate expected voltage, then point to 120 on the voltmeter and state voltage indicates here.
F.1.b.(5)(a)   Verify the POWER IN                  Verifies 1B-1 (2B-1) EPA              ___    ___    ___
indicator on EPA 1B-1 (2B-1)         Power In light lit.
is lit.
CUE:           Point to Power In light and state: This light is lit.
*F.1.b.(5)(b)   Close circuit breaker                Positions 1B-1 (2B-1) EPA            ___    ___    ___
1B-1 (2B-1).                         breaker to close.
NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 Comment SAT  UNSAT  Number STEP                    ELEMENT                                STANDARD F.1.b.(5)(c)   Verify power out indicator lit       Verifies 1B-1 (2B-1) EPA              ___    ___    ___
on EPA 1B-1 (2B-1).                  Power Out light lit.
CUE:           Point to Power Out light and state: This light is lit.
F.1.b.(6)(a)   Verify POWER IN indicator            Verifies 1B-2 (2B-2) EPA              ___   ___     ___
on EPA 1B-2 (2B-2) is lit.            Power In light lit.
CUE:            Point to Power In light and state: This light is lit.
*F.1.b.(6)(b)   Close circuit breaker 1B-2          Positions 1B-2 (2B-2) EPA            ___   ___     ___
(2B-2).                              breaker to close.
F.1.b.(6)(c)   Verify power out indicator lit        Verifies 1B-2 (2B-2) Power          ___   ___     ___
on EPA 1B-2 (2B-2).                  Out light lit.
CUE:            Point to Power Out light and state: This light is lit.
EVALUATOR: The candidate may elect to call the control room to inform them that the B RPS bus is about to be deenergized, if so, provide the necessary cues.
*F.1.b.(7)     Open the reserve feed               At RPS B panel opens reserve        ___    ___    ___
circuit breaker at the RPS            feed breaker. (Key already in panel.                               lock.)
CUE:           Breaker is open.
EVALUATOR: The candidate should wait at least 5 seconds before closing the normal Feed Breaker to prevent an Unknown mode failure of the MSL Rad Monitor. If he/she does not, this should be a remediation item and noted on this JPM.
*F.1.b.(9)      Close the normal feed circuit At RPS B panel closes the                  ___    ___    ___
breaker.                      normal feed breaker.
CUE:            Breaker is closed.
F.1.b.(10)    Verify the RPS generator and Positions VOLTAGE                              ___    ___    ___
bus voltages are normal, 114 SELECTOR switch to BUS &
to 121 VAC.                  GEN positions & verifies both between 114 and 121 volts.
NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 Comment SAT  UNSAT  Number STEP                    ELEMENT                                STANDARD CUE:            If asked, point to 120 volts on the volt meter.
F.1.b.(11)    Lock the reserve feed                Positions key to move bolt over      ___    ___    ___
breaker in the OFF position.          reserve feed breaker and removes key.
F.1.b.(12)    Return key to Shift                  Key returned to SM cabinet.          ___    ___    ___
Managers key cabinet.
CUE:            You have received a call from the Control Room stating the NSO will perform Step F.1.c.
EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 8 of 10
 
2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title: JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM j Revision Number: 18 Task Number and Title: SN-0500-P04 (Freq: LIC=I NF=I) Given an operating reactor plant following an inadvertent trip of an RPS MG set, place the RPS bus on reserve power, restart the MG set and transfer the RPS bus from reserve power to the MG set in accordance with QOP 7000-01. (Note: QOP 7000-01 prerequisites are met) (Per 2006 3rd Quarter LORT CRC, this task has been selected to be testable to Reactor Operators.) K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 212000 A2.02 Rating: 3.7/3.9 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions on operations: RPS Bus power supply failure Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QOP 7000-1, Rev. 46, REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM MG SETS Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 13.5 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
 
Operators Name:                                             Job
 
==Title:==
EO         RO     SRO       FS STA/IA           SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
Energize the B RPS Bus with Normal Power JPM Number:         2012 NRC JPM j                                       Revision Number: 18 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
SN-0500-P04 (Freq: LIC=I NF=I) Given an operating reactor plant following an inadvertent trip of an RPS MG set, place the RPS bus on reserve power, restart the MG set and transfer the RPS bus from reserve power to the MG set in accordance with QOP 7000-01. (Note: QOP 7000-01 prerequisites are met) (Per 2006 3rd Quarter LORT CRC, this task has been selected to be testable to Reactor Operators.)
K/A Number and Importance:         K/A:     212000 A2.02                       Rating:         3.7/3.9 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions on operations: RPS Bus power supply failure Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path:     Yes     No   SRO Only:       Yes         No       Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s): QOP 7000-1, Rev. 46, REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM MG SETS Actual Testing Environment:           Simulator           Control Room               In-Plant       Other Testing Method:           Simulate       Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 13.5 minutes                   Actual Time Used:               minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:         :   (Print) :   Date:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
INITIAL CONDITIONS - Unit 1(2) is operating steady state at 30% power in Mode 1. - s reserve power supply due to repairs on the - - The Unit Supervisor and Unit NSO have been notified of the B RPS transfer. - No surveillances are in progress which would result in a half scram. - All MSIV DC power indicating lights on the 901(2)-61 & 62 panels have been verified illuminated.  - The SRM shorting links have been verified installed. - 70 mA DC at the 901(2)-3 panel. - Relays 1(2)-0595-107A and 1(2)-0595-107B have been verified energized. - -2(29-2) compartment D4 has been closed. - The key is already in the lock due to being on reserve feed. - The 1(2) A and B RWCU demins have been placed on HOLD per QCOP 1200-03. - OPRM Jumpers have been installed on RPS A. - This JPM is not time critical. INITIATING CUE QOP 7000-01.
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
NRC JPM k.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 8  Exelon Nuclear  Job Performance Measure  Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on Alternate Feed   JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM k (LP-005-I) Revision Number: 14 Date: 03/04/2012   Developed By:     Instructor Date Validated By:     SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:     Operations Representative Date Approved By:     Training Department Date 2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 8 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation. Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified. ________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. ________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other) ________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified. ________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified. ________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review. ________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*). ________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision: Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   Procedure   Rev:   ________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. ________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate ________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date 2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 8 Revision Record (Summary) Revision 07, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates. JPM revised to match procedure changes. Revision 08, JPM revised to reflect procedure changes. Revision 09, JPM revised to update cues. Revision 10, JPM revised to update procedure rev number referenced. No change to content. Revision 11, JPM revised by adding an evaluator note before step D.3.a OR D.4.a and correcting grammar mistakes. Revision 12, JPM revised to update time and fix grammatical errors. Revision 13, JPM/procedure step numbering changed. Revision 14, JPM updated for 2012 ILT NRC Exam and restricted to Unit 1 only due to physical constraints encountered during administration on Unit 2.
Evaluators Signature:                                                     Date:
2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 8 INITIAL CONDITIONS - You are an extra EO. - The U-1 diesel generator is running due to a loss of normal power to Bus 14-1. - The diesel generator cooling water pump is running, however, an EO has found that the DGCWP cubicle coolers are NOT running. - The 2B Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is NOT running. - The 2A Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is running. - An EO is standing by in the DGCWP vault. - This JPM is not time critical. INITIATING CUE Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on its alternate feed in order to provide power to the cubicle coolers. Provide examinee with: Copy of QCOA 6600-11. Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue. UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
* Denotes critical steps. Denotes critical elements of a critical step. document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed. The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
Page 9 of 10
2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 8 JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE: Provide a copy of QCOA 6600-11. *D.1.b. Select the DGCWP position. Positions selector switch to the -99 panel (behind bus 29). ___ ___ ___ CUE: CUE: If asked, an ECCS initiation signal is not present. EVALUATOR: The amber light on the 99 panel will not illuminate until the FPCWP bkr is closed in the following 2 steps. D.1.d. Check 2B FPCWP bkr position. Looks at 2B FPCWP bkr window to determine bkr position. ___ ___ ___ CUE: *D.1.d.(1) Obtain local pushbutton control. Obtains a local PB controller from behind bus 29 & insert into 2B FPCWP receptacle on bus 29 Cubicle 1A. ___ ___ ___ CUE: (Do not allow the yellow seal on the door to the pigtail pushbutton to be broken) Point to FP *D.1.d.(2) Close the FPCWP breaker. Depresses closed PB on local cont. ___ ___ ___ CUE: EVALUATOR:  If the candidate looks at the FPCWP breaker and asks for position If asked, the amber light on the 99 panel is now lit. The DGCWP and coolers will NOT swap feeds until the DGCWP is tripped.
 
2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 8 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number D.1.e. Verify amber light is lit. Verifies amber light on 2252-99 panel behind bus 29. ___ ___ ___ CUE: *D.1.f. Trip DGCWP normal feed. Positions DGCWP CS ( at 2251-37 panel in DG room) to trip. ___ ___ ___ CUE: D.1.g. Verify amber lights lit. Verifies amber lights lit on 2251-98 (in DG room). ___ ___ ___ CUE: D.1.h. Verify DGCWP is operating. Verifies from local operator or room indications, or from control room, pump is on. ___ ___ ___ CUE: Role play as local operator, point to indicators to show flow and state, D.1.i. Verify cubicle coolers are operating. Verifies from local operator A and B coolers are running. ___ ___ ___ CUE: EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete. JPM Stop Time:
INITIAL CONDITIONS
2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14  G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 8 JPM  
  -  Unit 1(2) is operating steady state at 30% power in Mode 1.
  -   RPS B is currently being powered from its reserve power supply due to repairs on the B MG set.
  -   The B RPS MG set has been repaired and returned to service, but is NOT running.
  -   The Unit Supervisor and Unit NSO have been notified of the B RPS transfer.
  -   No surveillances are in progress which would result in a half scram.
  -   All MSIV DC power indicating lights on the 901(2)-61 & 62 panels have been verified illuminated.
  -   The SRM shorting links have been verified installed.
  -  EMs verified the DC solenoid currents are between 45 - 70 mA DC at the 901(2)-3 panel.
  -   Relays 1(2)-0595-107A and 1(2)-0595-107B have been verified energized.
  -   The Main feed breaker to the B MG set at MCC 19-2(29-2) compartment D4 has been closed.
  -   The key is already in the lock due to being on reserve feed.
  -   The 1(2) A and B RWCU demins have been placed on HOLD per QCOP 1200-03.
  -   OPRM Jumpers have been installed on RPS A.
  -   This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE Place the Unit ____ B RPS bus on its normal power supply, and verify proper operation per QOP 7000-01.
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on Alternate Feed JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM k (LP-005-I)
Revision Number: 14 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:
Instructor                             Date Validated By:
SME or Instructor                           Date Reviewed By:
Operations Representative                       Date Approved By:
Training Department                         Date NRC JPM k.doc          SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 1 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.
________         1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________         2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________         3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________         4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________         5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________         6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________         7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________         8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                         Rev:
Procedure                         Rev:
Procedure                         Rev:
________         9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________         10. Verify performance time is accurate
________         11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________         12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 07, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates.
JPM revised to match procedure changes.
Revision 08, JPM revised to reflect procedure changes.
Revision 09, JPM revised to update cues.
Revision 10, JPM revised to update procedure rev number referenced. No change to content.
Revision 11, JPM revised by adding an evaluator note before step D.3.a OR D.4.a and correcting grammar mistakes.
Revision 12, JPM revised to update time and fix grammatical errors.
Revision 13, JPM/procedure step numbering changed.
Revision 14, JPM updated for 2012 ILT NRC Exam and restricted to Unit 1 only due to physical constraints encountered during administration on Unit 2.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 INITIAL CONDITIONS
-     You are an extra EO.
-     The U-1 diesel generator is running due to a loss of normal power to Bus 14-1.
-     The diesel generator cooling water pump is running, however, an EO has found that the DGCWP cubicle coolers are NOT running.
-     The 2B Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is NOT running.
-     The 2A Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is running.
-     An EO is standing by in the DGCWP vault.
-     This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on its alternate feed in order to provide power to the cubicle coolers.
Provide examinee with:
Copy of QCOA 6600-11.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                 ELEMENT                         STANDARD Number CUE:       Provide a copy of QCOA 6600-11.
  *D.1.b.     Select the DGCWP               Positions selector switch to the   ___    ___      ___
position.                      DGCWP position inside 2252-99 panel (behind bus 29).
CUE:       Point to DGCWP position and state, The switch is here.
CUE:      If asked, an ECCS initiation signal is not present.
EVALUATOR: The amber light on the 99 panel will not illuminate until the FPCWP bkr is closed in the following 2 steps.
D.1.d.     Check 2B FPCWP bkr             Looks at 2B FPCWP bkr               ___    ___      ___
position.                      window to determine bkr position.
CUE:       Point to FPCWP bkr indicator and state, The bkr indicates open.
*D.1.d.(1)   Obtain local pushbutton       Obtains a local PB controller       ___    ___      ___
control.                        from behind bus 29 & insert into 2B FPCWP receptacle on bus 29 Cubicle 1A.
CUE:       (Do not allow the yellow seal on the door to the pigtail pushbutton to be broken)
Point to FPCWP breaker receptacle and state, The local controller is in the receptacle.
*D.1.d.(2)   Close the FPCWP breaker.       Depresses closed PB on local       ___   ___     ___
cont.
CUE:       Point to closed PB and state, The PB has been depressed.
EVALUATOR: If the candidate looks at the FPCWP breaker and asks for position indication, then point to the indicator window and state, The breaker indicates closed.
If asked, the amber light on the 99 panel is now lit. The DGCWP and coolers will NOT swap feeds until the DGCWP is tripped.
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                 ELEMENT                         STANDARD Number D.1.e.     Verify amber light is lit.     Verifies amber light on 2252-99     ___    ___      ___
panel behind bus 29.
CUE:       Point to amber light and state, The amber light is lit.
  *D.1.f.     Trip DGCWP normal feed.       Positions DGCWP CS ( at             ___    ___      ___
2251-37 panel in DG room) to trip.
CUE:       Point to the green light on the 37 panel and state, The green light is lit.
D.1.g.     Verify amber lights lit.       Verifies amber lights lit on 2251- ___    ___      ___
98 (in DG room).
CUE:       Point to amber lights on the 98 panel and state, All 3 amber lights are lit.
D.1.h.     Verify DGCWP is operating.     Verifies from local operator or     ___    ___      ___
room indications, or from control room, pump is on.
CUE:       Role play as local operator, point to indicators to show flow and state, DGCWP is running.
D.1.i.     Verify cubicle coolers are     Verifies from local operator A     ___    ___      ___
operating.                      and B coolers are running.
CUE:       Role play as local operator and state, Diesel Generator 1 Cubicle Coolers A and B are operating.
EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 8
 
2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title: Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on Alternate Feed JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM k Revision Number: 14 Task Number and Title: SRN-6600-P05 (Freq: LIC=B NF=B) Given a reactor plant in an accident condition and loss of the normal power supply to the Unit 1 (Unit 2) DG cooling water pump, locally transfer the Unit 1 (Unit 2) DG cooling water pump to the alternate supply and start the pump in accordance with QCOA 6600-11. K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 264000 2.1.30 Rating: 4.4/4.0 Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls. Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOA 6600-11, Rev. 10, Loss of Normal Power Feed to the Diesel Generator 1(2) Cooling Water Pump and Cubicle Coolers A and B Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 23 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
 
Operators Name:                                                 Job
 
==Title:==
EO         RO     SRO       FS STA/IA           SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on Alternate Feed JPM Number:             2012 NRC JPM k                                   Revision Number: 14 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
SRN-6600-P05 (Freq: LIC=B NF=B) Given a reactor plant in an accident condition and loss of the normal power supply to the Unit 1 (Unit 2) DG cooling water pump, locally transfer the Unit 1 (Unit 2) DG cooling water pump to the alternate supply and start the pump in accordance with QCOA 6600-11.
K/A Number and Importance:                   K/A:     264000 2.1.30     Rating:         4.4/4.0 Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls.
Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path:         Yes         No     SRO Only:     Yes     No     Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s): QCOA 6600-11, Rev. 10, Loss of Normal Power Feed to the Diesel Generator 1(2) Cooling Water Pump and Cubicle Coolers A and B Actual Testing Environment:                   Simulator       Control Room         In-Plant     Other Testing Method:                 Simulate           Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 23 minutes                         Actual Time Used:           minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:             Evaluator:   (Print) :   Date:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) INITIAL CONDITIONS - You are an extra EO. - The U-1 diesel generator is running due to a loss of normal power to Bus 14-1(24-1). - The diesel generator cooling water pump is running, however, an EO has found that the DGCWP cubicle coolers are NOT running. - The 2B Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is NOT running. - The 2A Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is running. - An EO is standing by in the DGCWP vault. - This JPM is not time critical. INITIATING CUE Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on its alternate feed in order to provide power to the cubicle coolers.}}
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 8
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS
- You are an extra EO.
- The U-1 diesel generator is running due to a loss of normal power to Bus 14-1(24-1).
- The diesel generator cooling water pump is running, however, an EO has found that the DGCWP cubicle coolers are NOT running.
- The 2B Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is NOT running.
- The 2A Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is running.
- An EO is standing by in the DGCWP vault.
- This JPM is not time critical.
INITIATING CUE Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on its alternate feed in order to provide power to the cubicle coolers.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)}}

Latest revision as of 15:15, 6 February 2020

2012 Quad Cities Nuclear Power Station Initial License Examination Administered System JPMs
ML12174A148
Person / Time
Site: Quad Cities  Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 06/30/2012
From:
Operations Branch III
To:
Exelon Nuclear
Shared Package
ML11354A184 List:
References
Download: ML12174A148 (110)
v • d • e


Text

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Insert Control Rods by De-Energizing the Scram Solenoids JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM a (LS-029-I)

Revision Number: 06 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 8

2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 8

2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 05, JPM updated to reflect format and procedure changes.

Revision 06, JPM updated to reflect format and procedure changes for 2012 ILT NRC Exam.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 8

2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to any IC.
2. Go to RUN.

(Note: Manual Actuations must be performed prior to running the CAEP file.)

3. Provide a current revision of QCOP 0300-28 with Prerequisites signed off by Unit Supervisor (US).
4. This JPM will de-energize RPS scram solenoids. If this results in a conflict with the other JPMs that are being performed concurrently, use the following commands to maintain reactor power:

imf rd13a 100 (Scram Discharge Volume North hydraulic lock) imf rd13b 100 (Scram Discharge Volume South hydraulic lock)

5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
6. This completes the setup for this JPM.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 8

2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 INITIAL CONDITIONS

- You are the Unit 2 Assist NSO.

- An ATWS has occurred on Unit 1 with reactor power currently at 15%.

- The scram valves are NOT open.

- QCOP 0300-28 has been entered. The following actions are being taken:

o The CRD 25 valve is open and the NSO is manually inserting Control Rods from the 5-panel.

o Reactor level is being controlled by the low flow valve.

o An operator has been sent to vent the scram air header.

- This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE Perform QCOP 0300-28 Step F.2.

Provide examinee with: QCOP 0300-28 when the candidate has located the correct packet in the QGA file.

EVALUATOR: Start the clock when the candidate starts implementation of 0300-28.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.
  • Denotes critical elements of a critical step.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 8

2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 JPM Start Time:

Comment STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number Obtain procedure and Locates packet for QCOP 0300- ___ ___ ___

equipment to be used. 28 in QGA equipment storage

  • QCOP 0300-28 cabinet in CR/Simulator.
  • Fuse Pullers CUE: After the necessary procedures/equipment have been obtained from the packet for QCOP 0300-28, provide the candidate with a (Yellow/Working) copy of QCOP 0300-28.

Identify the safety equipment to Safety Glasses and (if the ___ ___ ___

be used. candidates shirt is not 100%

cotton) the blue safety over-shirt are identified for safety equipment.

EVALUATOR: The fuses removed in the following steps will de-energize the scram solenoids. Control rod insertion is blocked to allow other JPMs to be performed concurrently. Step order is NOT critical Candidate removes the

  • F.2.a. *Remove fuses in the 901-15 ___ ___ ___

following fuses, with fuse panel at Terminal board C.

  • pullers:

F5, 590-715A F6, 590-715C F7, 590-715E F8, 590-715G Candidate removes the

  • F.2.b. *Remove fuses in the 901-17 ___ ___ ___

following fuses, with fuse panel at Terminal Board C.

  • pullers:

F5, 590-715B F6, 590-715D F7, 590-715F F8, 590-715H CUE: The Unit NSO reports that all control rods have fully inserted. The US is exiting QGA 101 and another Unit 2 operator will re-install the fuses.

EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 8

2012 NRC JPM a - Rev 06 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Insert Control Rods by De-Energizing the Scram Solenoids JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM a (LS-029-I) Revision Number: 06 Task Number and

Title:

SR-0300-P07 (Freq: LIC=B) Given a reactor plant in an ATWS condition (QGA), perform the NSO actions to insert control rods in accordance with QCOP 0300-28.

K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 295037 EA1.01 Rating: 4.6/4.6 ATWS: Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: RPS Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 0300-28, Rev. 30, ALTERNATE CONTROL ROD INSERTION Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 7 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM a.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 8

INITIAL CONDITIONS

- You are the Unit 2 Assist NSO.

- An ATWS has occurred on Unit 1 with reactor power currently at 15%.

- The scram valves are NOT open.

- QCOP 0300-28 has been entered. The following actions are being taken:

o The CRD 25 valve is open and the NSO is manually inserting Control Rods from the 5-panel.

o Reactor level is being controlled by the low flow valve.

o An operator has been sent to vent the scram air header.

- This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE Perform QCOP 0300-28 Step F.2.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure JPM Title Here Formatted Return B Core Spray to Standby After Test Formatted JPM Number: XXYYZZXX2012 NRC JPM b Revision Number: ##01 Date: ## 04/ ## 05/ 2012##

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 12

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, {Put reason for writing this JPM under Revision 00, for all subsequent revisions annotate the changes that were made.}This JPM was developed new for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.

NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC XX Reset the simulator to any IC at normal operating pressure; IC 20 for the 2012 NRC Exam.

NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

2. Do this second {Add steps to describe additional simulator setup steps (e.g., Load Computer Aided Exercise ZZZZ or jcae! ZZZZ)}Start the B Core Spray Loop in the Test mode:
  • Start the 1B Core Spray Pump. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
  • Open the Test Valve 4B to achieve 4500 gpm.
3. Be prepared to insert the following commands during JPM performance:

(Commands are contained in JPM b.cae and 2012 NRC JPM Day 2 of 2 JPM.cae)

  • ior dilohs114024b2 off (Test Valve 4B Red light overridden off) Formatted
  • ior dihs114024b open (Test Valve 4B CS overridden to OPEN) Formatted
  • ior dihs114024b norm (Test Valve 4B CS overridden to NORM) Formatted
  • dor dihs114024b (Test Valve 4B CS Override deleted)
  • trgset 1 zdihs114024b(2).eq.1 (Sets Event Trigger 1 as the Test Valve 4B CS taken to Formatted OPEN)
  • trg 1 dor lohs114024b2 (Test Valve 4B Red light override deleted on event Trigger 1) Formatted
4. Provide a copy of QCOS 1400-01 (Current Revision) Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test marked up as follows:
  • D. Prerequisites o D.1.a Unit 1 o D.1 b IST Group B Pump Test CHECKED IST Comprehensive Pump Test MARKED N/A Post Maintenance WOs, MARKED N/A Partial for: B LOOP ONLY and CHECKED Other, MARKED N/A o D.1.c signed as Unit Supervisor, Date=Today, Time= Current o D.2 and D.4 completed by NSO o D.3, D.5, D.6, and D.7 MARKED N/A
  • E and F, all steps CIRCLED AND SLASHED
  • G left unmarked
  • H.1 marked N/A (Continued)

NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX

  • H.2 completed through step H.2.p.(4) Formatted: Bullets and Numbering o The following steps marked N/A:

H.2.a H.2.b H.2.i H.2.l.(2)

H.2.l.(4)

H.2.n.(2)

H.2.n(3)

H.2.p.(4) o Record values for the following steps:

H.2.c 75 psig H.2.f 410 psig H.2.l.(1) 7 psig H.2.n(1) 4550 gpm, (discharge) 265 psig, (Inlet) 7 psig, 258 psid

  • Signed off by NSO

o Remaining steps signed off as NSO.

  • Short Duration Time Clock paperwork with Unit 1 and date today filled in. Time clock start 15 minutes ago filled in.
  • IST Data Sheet attached.
  • Be prepared to provide a blank Short Duration Time Clock form for MO 1-1402-4B open during JPM administration.

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering 3.Do this next {Add steps to describe additional panel setup requirements for this JPM (e.g.,

re-align systems; hang tags, hang postings, etc.}

4.5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.

5.6. This completes the setup for this JPM.

NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX INITIAL CONDITIONS

{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., Formatted: Bullets and Numbering an extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}You are the Unit 1 ANSO.

Unit 1 is at rated power.

QCOS 1400-01 Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test is in progress on the B Core Spray Loop.

LCO 3.5.1 Condition B has been entered for B Core Spray Loop inoperable.

No other LCOs are in effect.

The operability of the ESS Keep Fill pump to B Core Spray has just been verified.

The visual inspection for leaks on piping, valves and pump is complete and satisfactory.

The Equipment Operator who is supporting this test is at extension 4040.

INITIATING CUE

{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}Return the B Core Spray Loop to standby in accordance with QCOS 1400-01, starting at Step H.2.q.

Provide candidate with the marked up copy of QCOS 1400-01, IST Data Sheet and the SDTC in effect.

DO NOT give the candidate the blank SDTC (on pink paper) until the candidate notifies the US that B Core Spray is going to be made inoperable again.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.
  • Denotes critical elements of a critical step. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX JPM Start Time:

Comment STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number Formatted NOTE: MO 1-1402-4B (Test Valve) is a throttle valve. Per QAP 0300-02, Step D.7, the control switch should be held in the close direction for at least 25 seconds after the valve indicates closed.

  • H.2.q *Close MO 1-1402-4B.* MO 1-1402-4B control switch ___ ___ ___

held in the CLOSE position until the Green Closed light is ON and the Red Open Light is OFF.

H.2.r Verify MO 1-1402-38B opens MO 1-1402-38B (Minimum Flow ___ ___ ___

as system flow decreases. Valve) verified open H.2.s Notify the Unit Supervisor to Unit Supervisor notified to exit ___ ___ ___

exit the LCO for Core Spray the LCO for Core Spray Loop B Loop B inoperability. inoperability.

Formatted CUE EVALUATOR: Role Play Unit Supervisor as necessary to acknowledge the Formatted report that B Core Spray Loop has been returned to OPERABLE.

H.2.t Verify that the visual Step H.2.t initialed as complete ___ ___ ___

inspection of leaks on piping, base on information provided in valves and pump is complete the turnover.

handswitch taken momentarily to STOP and released to the Normal-After-Trip position

  • H.2.v *Close MO 1-1402-38B.
  • MO 1-1402-38B handswitch ___ ___ ___

taken momentarily to CLOSE and released to the Normal-After-Close position NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Comment STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number H.2.w If overpressure condition of CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B ___ ___ ___

(1) & (2) >90 psig in discharge piping referenced to determine that exists after 1B Core Spray >90 psig exists in discharge Pump is stopped THEN: piping.

Fully open 1-1402-17B, B EO directed to fully open 1-CORE SPRAY INBD VENT 1402-17B & 18B VALVE Fully open 1-1402-18B, B CORE SPRAY OUTBD VENT VALVE SIMOP ROLE PLAY the supporting EO as necessary to acknowledge the directive to fully open 1-1402-17B & 18B.

THEN: Lower Core Spray pressure by inserting following commands:

  • ior lohs114024b2 off (Test Valve 4B Red light overridden off) Formatted Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
  • ior dihs114024b open (Test Valve 4B Control Switch overridden to OPEN)

Formatted After 20 seconds, stop opening the Test Valve: Formatted

  • ior dihs114024b norm (Test Valve 4B Control Switch overridden to NORM) Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted Then insert the following commands:

Formatted

  • dor dihs114024b (Test Valve 4B Control Switch Override deleted) Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
  • trgset 1 zdihs114024b(2).eq.1 (Sets Event Trigger 1 as the Test Valve 4B CS Formatted taken to OPEN) Formatted
  • trg 1 dor lohs114024b2 (Test Valve 4B Red light override deleted on event Trigger 1)

Formatted SIMOP ROLE PLAY: Contact the ANSO as the supporting EO to report that 1-1402-17B

& 18B are fully open Formatted NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 9 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Comment STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number H.2.w When overpressure condition CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B ___ ___ ___

(3) clears THEN: referenced to determine when (a)& (b) the discharge header is < 90 Close 1-1402-18B psig.

Close 1-1402-17B EO directed to close 1-1402-18B & 17B SIMOP ROLE PLAY the supporting EO as necessary to acknowledge the directive to CUE close 1-1402-18B & 17B. Wait 1 minute and then report that 1-1402-18B & 17B are closed. (No action is necessary)

NOTE The Alternate Path begins here.

  • H.2.x CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B ___ ___ ___

referenced to *determine that referenced and lowering the discharge header pressure Discharge Header Pressure is NOT being maintained.

  • identified.

H.2.x & If pressure cannot be Unit Supervisor notified to enter ___ ___ ___

x.(1) maintained after performing the LCO for Core Spray Loop B depressurization step above, inoperability.

THEN:

Notify the Unit Supervisor to enter the LCO for Core Spray Loop B inoperability CUE EVALUATOR: Role Play Unit Supervisor as necessary to acknowledge the report to enter LCO for Core Spray B inoperability. Give candidate the clean copy of the SDTC (on pink paper).

  • H.2. *Open MO 1-1402-4B.
  • MO 1-1402-4B control switch ___ ___ ___

x.(2) held in the OPEN position until the Green Closed light is OFF.

NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 10 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Comment STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • H.2. *Close MO 1-1402-4B.
  • MO 1-1402-4B control switch ___ ___ ___

x.(3) held in the CLOSE position until the Green Closed light is ON and the Red Open Light is OFF Formatted NOTE: With the Test Valve closed, B Core Spray discharge Header Pressure will rise to the Keep Fill Pump discharge pressure, approximately 66 psig, and then stabilize.

CS HDR PRESS 1-1450-1B B Core Spray discharge header ___ ___ ___

referenced to determine that pressure verified to be the discharge header pressure stabilizing at normal pressure is stabilizing at normal pressure H.2. Fill and vent the B Core Spray EO directed to fill and vent the ___ ___ ___

x.(4) Subsystem per QCOP 1400- B Core Spray Subsystem per 01 QCOP 1400-01 SIMOP ROLE PLAY: As the EO to acknowledge this directive.

Inform the candidate that another NSO will enter QCOP 1400-01 to fill and vent B Core Spray.

Formatted EVALUATOR: Inform the candidate that the JPM is complete. Formatted JPM Stop Time:

NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 11 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Type JPM title hereReturn B Core Spray to Standby After Test Formatted JPM Number: Type JPM number here2012 NRC JPM b Revision Number: ##00 Task Number and

Title:

Type Task Number and Title here Formatted SR-1400-P05 Given a reactor plant with a Core Spray loop in a standby lineup, perform the Quarterly Core Spray Pump Flow Rate Test and return the Core Spray loop to standby in accordance with QCOS 1400-01.

K/A Number and Importance: K/A:Type System/Evolution #, K/A, and Importance Ratings Formatted here. 209001 A1.02 Rating: 3.2/3.4 Formatted Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the Low Pressure Core Spray System controls including: Core Spray Pressure Formatted Suggested Testing Environment: Type suggested testing environment here (e.g., simulator, classroom, mock-up, etc.) Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): Type procedure reference(s), AND revision number(s) here. Delete blank

'Comments' rows during JPM development, as necessary, to maintain this sheet as a single page.QCOS 1400-01 Rev. 40 Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test QAP 0300-02, Rev. 69, Conduct of Shift Operations Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 0020 minutes Actual Time Used:

minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 12 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 13 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1NRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b Rev 1.docNRC JPM b.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 14 of 12SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

{JPM Number}2012 NRC JPM b - rev Rev 00XX INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 ANSO. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Unit 1 is at rated power.

QCOS 1400-01 Quarterly Core Spray System Flow Rate Test is in progress on the B Core Spray Loop.

LCO 3.5.1 Condition B has been entered for B Core Spray Loop inoperable.

No other LCOs are in effect.

The operability of the ESS Keep Fill pump to B Core Spray has just been verified.

The visual inspection for leaks on piping, valves and pump is complete and satisfactory.

The Equipment Operator who is supporting this test is at extension 4040.

INITIATING CUE Return the B Core Spray Loop to standby in accordance with QCOS 1400-01, starting at Step H.2.q.{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}

INITIATING CUE

{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure JPM Title Here Perform the MSIV Closure Timing Test JPM Number: XXYYZZXX2012 NRC JPM c (LS-014-II)

Revision Number: ##13 Date: ## 03// ## 04// 20##12 Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM c.docNRC JPM cNRC JPM c.docNRC JPM cNRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 1300, {Put reason for writing this JPM under Revision 00, for all subsequent revisions annotate the changes that were made.}This JPM was developed new for the 2007 NRC Exam. It was based on bank JPM LS-014-11 Rev.12.

It has been updated to the current template and current procedure revisions for the 2012 NRC Exam.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC XX Reset the simulator to IC 13420 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. IC

Description:

The unit is operating < 75% power and < 97% FCL ~ 680 MWe.Do this second {Add steps to describe additional simulator setup steps (e.g., Load Computer Aided Exercise ZZZZ or jcae! ZZZZ)}

3. Manual Actuation: Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Insert rods to ensure <97% FCL Raise recirc speed to return to 74% power.

Reduce power as necessary to ensure plant is less than 75% ( 680 Mwe) and <97% FCL.

Annotate QCOS 0250-04 to indicate that two stopwatches have been obtained and that Unit Supervisor permission has been granted to perform the test.

4. Malfunctions: Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Slow stroke 1-203-2A, valve strokes at >5.2 seconds.
  • imf ms03e 0.3 Formatted Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
5. Remotes:

None.

6. Overrides: Formatted: Bullets and Numbering None.
7. Digital FW screen for FWLC control trend data should be displayed. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
8. This completes the setup for this JPM.

3.Do this next {Add steps to describe additional panel setup requirements for this JPM (e.g., Formatted: Bullets and Numbering re-align systems; hang tags, hang postings, etc.}

4.When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.

5.This completes the setup for this JPM.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 INITIAL CONDITIONS

- The unit is operating on the 95% Flow Control line. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

- There are no personnel in the MSIV Room.

- The Unit Supervisor has directed the MSIV Closure Timing Test be performed on AO 1-203-1A and AO 1-203-2A due to a previous slow closure time.

{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., an extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}

INITIATING CUE Perform the MSIV Closure Timing surveillance on AO 1-203-1A and AO 1-203-2A IAW QCOS 0250-04.

Provide examinee with:

QCOS 0250-04 with steps C.1 and D.1.a, b. & c. filled in.

One Electronic Stopwatches.

{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.
  • Denotes critical elements of a critical step. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 JPM Start Time:

Comment STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number D.2.a. Reactor power is <75%. Verifies Reactor power <75%. ___ ___ ___

D.2.b. Flow control line is <97%. Verifies FCL <97%. ___ ___ ___

  • H.1.a. *Determine that MSIV will be Determines that proper criteria ___ ___ ___

tested using hot criteria.

  • for testing is hot criteria.
  • H.2.a. *Activate MSIV Test Mode at Activates MSIV Test Mode. ___ ___ ___

Operator Work Station FWLC Measuring Point Display.

  • H.2.b. Verify reactor level maintained Observe water level ind. stable ___ ___ ___

H.2.c. Verify that sum of individual Verifies that green filled square ___ ___ ___

steam flows being used for at the OWS FWLC measuring total steam flow. point display labeled as Act indicated sum of individual steam flows.

H.3.a. Verify open AO 1-203-1A. Verifies AO 1-203-1A is open. ___ ___ ___

EVALUATOR NOTE: The first stopwatch must be started at same time as control switch actuation, the second stopwatch is started upon illumination of the closed position indicator and both stop watches are stopped upon de-energization of the open position indicator.

Formatted CUE: Direct the candidate to perform timing using the Switch-to-Light method and Formatted you will perform timing by the Light-to-Light method.

(Light-to-Light timing is simulated.)CUE Formatted Formatted Type cues to be provided by evaluator in these areas or delete row as applicable.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 Comment STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • H.3.b.XX *Close and time AO 1-203- AO 1-203-1A Normal Control ___ ___ ___

1A.*Type next element of Switch positioned to close AND task. stop watch actuated to time the valve stroke.Type specific operator action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.

Formatted CUE: The Switch-to-Light closing time may be slightly greater than the 4.8-second Formatted limit on attachment A due to inconsistencies in Simulator performance. If this occurs, provide the following closing times:

Light-to-Light closing time: 4.1 seconds Switch-to-Light closing time: 4.6 seconds Otherwise, report that the Light-to-Light stroke time is 0.5 seconds less Formatted than the reported Switch-to-Light time. Formatted Formatted H.3.c. Record closure time on Records closure time on step ___ ___ ___ Formatted Attachment A. H.3.b. to nearest 1/10 of a Formatted second.

CUE: If the closing time falls between 4.7 and 4.8 seconds, the candidate may ask if a re-adjustment is desired (To satisfy the last line of Attachment A).

ROLE PLAY as UNIT SUPERVISOR and inform the candidate that a re-adjustment will NOT be performed.

  • H.3.d. *Open AO 1-203-1A.
  • AO 1-203-1A Control switch ___ ___ ___

placed in OPEN. Open Verifies AO 1-203-1A OPEN indicator is illuminated and the indication is ON and CLOSED closed indicator is extinguished.

indication is OFF H.4.a. Verify open AO 1-203-2A. Verifies AO 1-203-2A is open. ___ ___ ___

EVALUATOR NOTE: The first stopwatch must be started at same time as control switch actuation, the second stopwatch is started upon illumination of the closed position indicator and both stop watches are stopped upon de-energization of the open position indicator.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 9 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 Comment STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number CUE: Direct the candidate to perform timing using the Switch-to-Light method and you will perform timing by the Light-to-Light method. (Light-to-Light timing is simulated.)

  • H.4.b. *Close and time AO 1-203-2A Normal Control ___ ___ ___

AO 1-203-2A.* Switch positioned to close AND stop watch actuated to time the valve stroke.

Formatted CUE: Report that the Light-to-Light stroke time is 0.5 seconds less than the Formatted reported Switch-to-Light time.

Formatted

  • H.4.c.XX *Record closure time on Records closure time on step ___ ___ ___ Formatted Attachment A and reports to H.4.b. to nearest 1/10 of a Formatted the US that stroke time is out second. Formatted of spec.*Type element of task in this column.

Recognizes that stroke time is out of spec and informs US.Type specific operator action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.

Formatted CUE: If asked whether AO 1-203-2A should be re-opened, asked applicant what he Formatted would recommend then as US, direct that valve be left closed, pending further testing.

EVALUATOR: JPM will end with recognition by candidate that either further testing or valve adjustment is necessary before proceeding.CUE JPM Stop Time:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 10 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Type JPM title herePerform the MSIV Closure Timing Test Formatted JPM Number: Type JPM number here2012 NRC JPM cRevision Number: ##13 Formatted Formatted Task Number and

Title:

Type Task Number and Title hereSR-0250-P03 Given a reactor plant at power, conduct MSIV closure timing in accordance with QCOS 0250-04 Formatted K/A Number and Importance: Type System/Evolution #, K/A, and Importance Ratings Formatted here.239001 A4.01 Rating: 4.2/4.0 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: MSIVs Formatted Suggested Testing Environment: Type suggested testing environment here (e.g., simulator, classroom, mock-up, etc.) Simulator Formatted Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): Type procedure reference(s), AND revision number(s) here. Delete blank

'Comments' rows during JPM development, as necessary, to maintain this sheet as a single page.

QCOS 0250-04 Rev. 23, MSIV Closure Timing Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Formatted Estimated Time to Complete: 0012 minutes Actual Time Used:

minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 11 of 10910

{JPM Number2012 NRC JPM c} - Rrev XX13 Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\nrc1\Desktop\Quad Cities 2012 ILT NRC Exam As Administered\JPMs\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\2012 NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.doc\\IBM-1DC324749A3\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c.docC:\Documents and Settings\ilt1\Desktop\z 2012 NRC Exam\NRC JPMs\NRC JPMs Working\NRC JPM c (updated).doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 12 of 10910

{JPM Number} - rev XX INITIAL CONDITIONS

- The unit is operating on the 95% Flow Control line. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

- There are no personnel in the MSIV Room.

- The Unit Supervisor has directed the MSIV Closure Timing Test be performed on AO 1-203-1A and AO 1-203-2A due to a previous slow closure time.

INITIATING CUE Perform the MSIV Closure Timing surveillance on AO 1-203-1A and AO 1-203-2A IAW QCOS 0250-04.

{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g.,

extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}

INITIATING CUE

{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Shutdown the RCIC System JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM d (LS-020-I-A)

Revision Number: 04 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 9

2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME/Instructor Date SME/Instructor Date SME/Instructor Date NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 9

2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 Control Room Systems, for RO/SRO candidates JPM revised to match procedure revision.

Revision 01, This JPM is being revised to reflect procedure, format changes and updated KA.

Revision 02, JPM revised to match procedure revision.

Revision 03, JPM revised to match procedure revision.

Revision 04, This JPM revision updates Bank JPM LS-020-I-F Rev. 3 for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.

NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 9

2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 21 or ANY AT POWER.

NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

2. Manual Actuation:

- Start Torus Cooling IAW QCOP 1000-09 and QCOP 1000-04.

- Place the RCIC System on, in the pressure control mode, IAW QCOP 1300-02, step F.6. (use the control switch for the MO 1-1301-53 to achieve approximately 400 gpm at approximately 1100 psig discharge pressure.)

- Ensure RCIC controller is in manual.

Malfunctions: Override the turb trip pushbutton using the following command:

ior dihs11303rtt off Remotes:

None Overrides:

None

3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
4. This completes the setup for this JPM.

NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 9

2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 INITIAL CONDITIONS The unit SCRAMMED due to a Group I isolation.

- Reactor pressure was being controlled with RCIC in the pressure control mode with the controller in manual.

- The MSIVs have just been re-opened and RCIC is no longer required for pressure control.

- This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE Shutdown the RCIC system and place the system in a standby condition with the suction from the CCSTs per QCOP 1300-05.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Denotes critical elements of a critical step.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section at the bottom of the page. The comment section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 9

2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD EVALUATOR NOTE: After the candidate has acquired QCOP 1300-05, provide a working copy (Yellow) of QCOP 1300-05.

F.1. Trip Turbine. Depresses TURB TRIP ___ ___ ___

pushbutton.

Role If asked, as Unit Supervisor, acknowledge RCIC fails to trip and state RCIC Play: needs to be shutdown.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Alternate path starts here.

  • F.2. Verify closed MO 1-1301-61, Places the control switch to ___ ___ ___

stm to turb vlv. close and verifies closed light lit.

F.3 Verify closed MO 1-1301-60, Verifies MO 1-1301-60 closes ___ ___ ___

min flow valve. and the closed light is lit.

F.4 Verify RCIC Pump discharge Observes discharge flow flow decreases to zero. indicates zero on FIC 1-1340-1.

EVALUATOR NOTE: For Step F.5, Turbine RPM may be read as slightly above the bottom of the meter scale, which would be 200 RPM. If necessary, cue the candidate that Turbine RPM is 0 (zero).

F.5 Verify RCIC Turbine Speed Observes Turbine Speed ___ ___ ___

decreases to zero. indicates zero on 1-1340-501, Turb Speed.

F.6 Verify closed MO 1-1301-49 Verifies closed light lit. ___ ___ ___

pump discharge valve.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Step F.7 is Not Applicable and can be marked as N/A.

F.8 Close MO 1-1301-62, Turb Clg Places control switch to close ___ ___ ___

Water Vlv. and verifies closed light lit.

NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 9

2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD NOTE: MO 1-1301-53 (Test Valve) is a throttle valve. Per QAP 0300-02, Step D.7, the control switch should be held in the close direction for at least 25 seconds after the valve indicates closed.

F.9 Verify closed MO 1-1301-53 Places control switch to close ___ ___ ___

CCST Test Byp. and releases 25 seconds after full-closed indication is received.

F.10 Verify closed MO 1-2301-15, Places control switch to close ___ ___ ___

HPCI Test RTN vlv. and verifies closed light lit.

  • F.11 Verify FIC 1-1340-1, RCIC Depresses Auto pushbutton on ___ ___ ___

flow controller is in auto and set FIC 1-1340-1 and verifies Auto at 400 gpm. PB light is lit and setpoint is 400 gpm.

F.12 Depress INITIATION signal Depress INITIATION SEAL-IN ___ ___ ___

seal-in and reset. AND RESET pushbutton.

F.13 Reset Turbine trip. Depresses Turb Reset ___ ___ ___

pushbutton.

CUE Inform the candidate that 30 minutes has elapsed since the RCIC Turbine was shutdown.

F.14 Stop TURB VAC PMP. Places the control switch to ___ ___ ___

STOP and verifies green stop light lit.

F.15 Verify BAROMETRIC CNDSR Verifies BAROMETRIC CNDSR ___ ___ ___

COND PMP stops. COND PMP stops and verifies green stop light lit.

F.16 Verify all RCIC annunciators are Observes that there are no ___ ___ ___

cleared. RCIC annunciators in alarm on the 901-4 panel.

EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should inform you that this task is complete. If the candidate proceeds with QCOP 1300-01 and QCOP 1000-09, inform him that another operator will be performing these tasks.

JPM Stop Time:

NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 9

2012 NRC JPM d - Rev 04 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Shutdown the RCIC System JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM d Revision Number: 04 Task Number and

Title:

SR-1300-P03 (Freq: LIC=I) (ILT-MP) Given an operating reactor plant, perform the periodic RCIC pump operability test in accordance with QCOS 1300-01.

K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 217000 A4.03 Rating: 3.4/3.3 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the Control Room: System Valves.

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 1300-05, Rev. 13, RCIC SYSTEM SHUTDOWN QCOP 1300-01, Rev. 40, RCIC SYSTEM PREPARATION FOR STANDBY OPERATION Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

NRC JPM d.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 9

INITIAL CONDITIONS The unit SCRAMMED due to a Group I isolation.

- Reactor pressure was being controlled with RCIC in the pressure control mode with the controller in manual.

- The MSIVs have just been re-opened and RCIC is no longer required for pressure control.

- This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE Shutdown the RCIC system and place the system in a standby condition with the suction from the CCSTs per QCOP 1300-05.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Vent Containment Irrespective of Release Rates with APCV.

(Failure of Torus Valve to Open, Requiring Venting Through the Drywell)

JPM Number: 2011 NRC JPM e (LS-053-I-A)

Revision Number: 04 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 10

2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME/Instructor Date SME/Instructor Date SME/Instructor Date NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 10

2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, New JPM.

Revision 01, Revision 02, JPM revised to reflect procedure and K/A revisions.

Revision 03, K/A revised.

Revision 04, Updated the 2011 ILT Cert Exam version for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.

NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 10

2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 21.

NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

2. Manual Actuation:

Start CAMs 901-55 & 56.

Start B SBGT.

Malfunctions: None Remotes: None Overrides: Fail AO 1-1601-60 control switch to open. ior dihs1160160 close

3. Be prepared to provide a blank copy of QCOP 1600-13 (Current Revision) POST ACCIDENT VENTING OF THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT.
4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
5. This completes the setup for this JPM.

NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 10

2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 INITIAL CONDITIONS Note: The Simulator setup may not match the Initial Conditions provided.

A transient has occurred on Unit One resulting in fuel damage and hydrogen generation.

The US has entered QGA 200-5 and has determined that containment venting is required to reduce hydrogen concentration inside the containment.

Torus and Drywell hydrogen concentrations are at 7%.

Torus oxygen concentration is at 6%.

Drywell Pressure is 38 psig.

Torus pressure is 37 psig.

Torus level is 15 ft.

A plant assembly has been ordered. The plant is evacuated and all personnel are accounted for.

Sufficient Radwaste and Turbine Building Exhaust Fans are operating for adequate dilution.

One train of SBGT is operating.

QGAs state that it is "OK to exceed release rate limits."

RPS buses are energized.

This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE As the Reactor Operator, vent the Primary Containment in accordance with QCOP 1600-13 to control Primary Containment Hydrogen Concentration Less than 6%.

(Evaluator provide a blank copy of QCOP 1600-13 if the candidate chooses to use the QCOP or Flowchart rather than the Hard Card.)

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Denotes critical elements of a critical step.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section at the bottom of the page. The comment section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 10

2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD NOTE: Operator may choose to use procedure, flowchart, or hard card.

C.2. Verify RPS available to N/As Prerequisite per Initial ___ ___ ___

operate valves. Conditions.

F.1. Operate fans to provide Signs off as complete per initial ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card dilution flow. conditions.

1.a)

F.2.a-f. Verify closed primary Verifies CLOSED lights lit for ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card containment valves. the following valves:

1.b) AO 1-1601-23 AO 1-1601-24 AO 1-1601-60 AO 1-1601-61 AO 1-1601-62 AO 1-1601-63 F.4.a. Evacuate the Reactor Announces to evacuate the ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card Building AND Turbine Reactor Building AND Turbine 1.c) Building. Building or signs off as CM per Initial Conditions.

  • F.4.b. Select APCV. Positions Master Vent Mode ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card Switch to the APCV position.

1.d)

F.4.c. Verify closed, Vent to Rx Verifies AO 1-1699-7 closed ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card Bldg. vlv. light lit.

1.e)

EVALUATOR: The following 2 steps will bypass the 2.5 psig Group II isolation signal to allow opening containment vent valves.

  • F.4.d. Override Gp II signal for Vent Positions AO 1-1601-24 CIS ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card to Reactor Building exhaust OVERRIDE switch to 1.f) valve and verify Alarm 901-5 OVERRIDE AND holds for 1 E-4 is received. second. Verifies 901-5 E-4 alarm on NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 10

2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD

  • F.4.e. Override Gp II signal for DW SIMULTANEOUSLY positions ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card & Torus Vent vlvs. and verify AO 1-1601-23 CIS OVERRIDE 1.g) Alarms 901-5 E-3 and F3 are and AO 1-1601-60 CIS received. OVERRIDE switches to OVERRIDE AND holds for 1 second. Verifies 901-5 E-3 and F3 alarms on.

  • F.4.f. Open Vent to Reactor Positions AO 1-1601-24 CS to ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card Building Exhaust system open.

1.h) valve.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Alternate Path starts here.

F.4.g Operator opens the AO 1- Positions AO 1-1601-60 control ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card 1601-60. switch to open.

2.a)

F.4.h Operator recognizes inability Operator recognizes inability to ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card to vent the containment vent the containment through the 3.) through the Torus, and need Torus, and need to vent the to vent the Drywell. Drywell.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Role play as Unit Supervisor upon notification of failure and restate need to vent the containment. The operator may dispatch an EO and/or maintenance to investigate. Role play as necessary to investigate the valve failure.

CUE: If dispatched by the candidate, report as the EO or Maintenance that the solenoid for the AO 1-1601-60 has failed.

F.4.h.(1). Operator verifies closed the Operator verifies closed the ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card Torus 18-inch Vent vlv. Torus 18-inch Vent vlv AO-1601-3.a) 60.

  • F.4.h.(2). Opens AO 1-1601-23 DW Positions AO 1-1601-23 DW 18 ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card 18 vent valve. vent valve control switch to 3.b) OPEN.

  • F.4.h.(3). Opens AO 1-1699-6 to Positions AO 1-1699-6 CS to ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card achieve desired containment Open, then Close to reduce 3.c) response , then closes valve. hydrogen concentration.

NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 10

2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD EVALUATOR NOTE: Closure of the AO 1-1699-6 valve is not included as a Critical Step.

Venting is based on H2/O2 concentration in the containment and not based on containment pressure (QGA 200-5 #33).

F.4.h.(3)(a). Monitor Release rate. Monitors 1/2-1740-19, Chimney ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card Gas Activity Recorder (912-4) for 3.d) proper documentation of the release.

EVALUATOR: 1/2-1740-202, Mn Chimney Gas Activity Recorder (912-1) may be checked and monitored per procedural step not included on Hard Card.

EVALUATOR: Provide cue to operators for Gas monitors 1/2-1740-19 and 1/2-1740-202 that gas activity recorders are reading slightly higher.

If asked, for the hydrogen concentration, the operator should check monitor hydrogen on the 901-55 and 901-56 panels on Gas recorders 1-2406A/B. Provide cue to the operator that hydrogen concentration is lowering.

F.4.h.(3)(b). Log Vent information. Communicates that logging ___ ___ ___

(Hard Card start/stop times is required.

3.e)

CUE: Logging will be performed by another NSO.

EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 10

2011 NRC JPM e - Rev 04 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Vent Containment Irrespective of Release Rates with APCV. (Failure of Torus Valve to Open, Requiring Venting Through the Drywell)

JPM Number: 2011 Cert JPM e Revision Number: 03 Task Number and

Title:

SR-0001-P38 (Freq: LIC=A) Given a reactor plant, vent and purge the primary containment irrespective of off-site release rates when drywell OR torus hydrogen reaches 6% or unknown OR drywell OR torus oxygen reaches 5% or unknown in accordance with QGA 200-5. (BWROG PC-11.2)

K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 223001 A2.04 Rating: 3.7/3.8 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the Primary Containment System and Auxiliaries; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High Containment/Drywell hydrogen concentration.

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 1600-13, Rev. 24, POST ACCIDENT VENTING OF THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

NRC JPM e.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 9 of 10

INITIAL CONDITIONS Note: The Simulator setup may not match the Initial Conditions provided.

A transient has occurred on Unit One resulting in fuel damage and hydrogen generation.

The US has entered QGA 200-5 and has determined that containment venting is required to reduce hydrogen concentration inside the containment.

Torus and Drywell hydrogen concentrations are at 7%.

Torus oxygen concentration is at 6%.

Drywell Pressure is 38 psig.

Torus pressure is 37 psig.

Torus level is 15 ft.

A plant assembly has been ordered. The plant is evacuated and all personnel are accounted for.

Sufficient Radwaste and Turbine Building Exhaust Fans are operating for adequate dilution.

One train of SBGT is operating.

QGAs state that it is "OK to exceed release rate limits."

RPS buses are energized.

This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE As the Reactor Operator, vent the Primary Containment in accordance with QCOP 1600-13 to control Primary Containment Hydrogen Concentration Less than 6%.

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Energize Bus 13-1 via the Crosstie with the 1/2 EDG failure JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM f Revision Number: 00 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 9

2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 9

2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, This JPM was developed for the 2012 ILT NRC exam. It modifies existing bank JPM LS-062-I-A by converting from a loss of Bus 14-1 / U1 EDG to a loss of Bus 13-1 / 1/2 EDG.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 9

2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 08.
2. Go to RUN
3. Run the CAEP file. 2012 NRC Day 1 JPMs.cae
4. Setup Commands:

Override Bus 13 to Bus 13-1 synch switch to off: ior diss165001327 off Prevent the 1/2 EDG from auto starting: imf dg04b Prevent the 1/2 EDG from manual starting: imf dg03b Prevent an auto scram on B RPS: imf rp02b Prevent an auto scram on B RPS: imf rp02d On Manual Trigger 30, Unit 2 xtie from Bus 23-1 to Bus 13-1: irf ed56r(30) close (This command establishes the Remote Function on Event Trigger 30, which allows snapping into an IC for repeat administration, rather than reloading the CAEP File for each session.)

5. Perform Manual Actions:

Open Bus 13-1 to 18 breaker Crosstie Bus 19 to Bus 18 o Close breaker at 18 o Close breaker at 19 Restore RPS A o irf rp29r reset Recover from RPS A loss per the following steps from QCOA 7000-01:

o Reset A 1/2 scram.

o Reset Group 1.

Give each Inboard MSIV an OPEN signal.

o Reset Group 2 and 3 Isolations.

o Restore RWCU with approximately 80 gpm reject flow.

o For Drywell Pneumatics, verify open AO-4720 and AO-4721 and AC running.

o Reset Drywell the Rad Monitor.

o Reset ARMs.

o Restore Control Room ventilation (as necessary).

o Reset 1st-Hit alarms.

o Reinitialize digital displays at panel 901-3.

Trip Bus 13-1 (overcurrent), then clear o imf ed03d o dmf ed03d o irf ed31r reset o irf ed29r reset

6. Clear SBO Alarms.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 9

2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 INITIAL CONDITIONS

- Unit 1 was operating at full power.

- Unit 2 is operating at 150 MWe in a split configuration (load is split between the UAT and RAT).

- Bus 23-1 is energized from its normal power supply.

- Bus 19 was carrying Bus 18, appropriate Tech Specs have been entered.

- A transient occurred resulting in a LOCA and drywell pressure of 5 psig.

- The Bus 13 to Bus 13-1 tie breaker has tripped.

- Bus 13-1 is de-energized.

- The 1/2 Emergency Diesel Generator failed to auto-start.

- NO immediate Operator actions have been taken.

- Hardcard use has been authorized by the Unit Supervisor.

- This JPM is NOT time critical.

INITIATING CUE Energize Bus 13-1.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Denotes critical elements of a critical step.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 9

2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number EVALUATOR NOTE: If the candidate locates QCOA 6600-02 or QCOP 6500-08, provide a (Yellow) working copy of the procedure selected.

C.1.a Operator recognizes that Operator recognizes that 901-8 ___ ___ ___

901-8 C-4 is not up and C-4 is not up and places the 1/2 starts the 1/2 EDG by EDG control switch to START placing the control switch on the 901-8 panel.

to START.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator should recognize failure of auto EDG to start and take immediate operator actions per QCOA 6600-2 to place the control switch to START.

C.1.b. Operator verifies voltage Operator verifies voltage and ___ ___ ___

and frequency not frequency not developed, the developed, the output output breaker is also open and breaker is also open and NO Live Bus light lit.

NO Live Bus light lit.

EVALUATOR NOTE: If Operator dispatches an EO to investigate failure of the diesel, acknowledge and reply: EO has been dispatched.

D.2 Operator attempts Operator attempts restoration of ___ ___ ___

restoration of Bus 13-1 Bus 13-1 from 23-1 with QCOP from 23-1 with QCOP 6500-08.

6500-08.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Alternate Path starts here.

Operator should recognize need to use QCOP 6500-08 (hard-card). If asked from US, re-state as the US the need to Energize Bus 13-1.

Operator selects hard card, Obtains hardcard for BUS 13-1 ___ ___ ___

Attachment B of QCOP TO BUS 23-1 TIE OPERATION 6500-08. (BUS 13-1 DEAD) from the 901-74 panel.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 9

2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number

  • Hardcard Places control switches in Places the following control ___ ___ ___

step 1 pull to lock to isolate Bus switches in PTL.

13-1. - Bus 13-1 & Bus 61 Tie breaker Bus 13-1 & Bus 61 Tie - 1/2 Diesel Gen to Bus 13-1 breaker GCB

- Buses 13 and 13-1 Tie GCB 1/2 Diesel Gen to Bus

- 1A CS 13-1 GCB

- 1A RHR Buses 13 and 13-1 Tie - 1B RHR GCB 1A CS, 1A RHR, 1B RHR CUE: Role Play Unit 2 operator as necessary to acknowledge the following directive.

  • Hardcard Directs the Unit 2 NSO or Directs the Unit 2 RO to perform ___ ___ ___

step 2 ANSO to operate the the following two steps on the synchronization switch and 902-8 panel:

close bus 23-1 & 13-1 tie 1. Place SYNCH switch to ON breaker. for BUS 23-1 & 13-1 TIE GCB.

2. Close BUS 23-1 & 13-1 TIE GCB.

SIMOP: Coordinate with the Evaluator as necessary to perform the Unit 2 actions.

Use Manual Trigger 30 to insert command irf ed56r close .

Report to candidate that the bus 23-1 to 13-1 crosstie breaker on U-2 is closed in.

  • Hardcard Places the synchronization Places the synchronization ___ ___ ___

step 3.a. switch ON for the crosstie. switch on the 901-8 panel to ON for BUS 13-1 & 23-1 TIE GCB

  • Hardcard Close bus 13-1 & 23-1 tie Closes and holds (for ___ ___ ___

step 3.b. breaker. approximately 10 seconds) the 13-1 & BUS 23-1 TIE GCB on the 901-8 panel. Reports BUS 13-1

& 23-1 TIE GCB closed and 13-1 is LIVE.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Candidate should inform you that the task is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 9

2012 NRC JPM f - Rev 00 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Energize Bus 13-1 via the Crosstie with the 1/2 EDG failure JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM f Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

SR-6500-P04 (Freq: LIC=B) Given a loss of normal power to an emergency bus (13-1 or 14-

1) with a failure of the associated emergency diesel to start, supply power to the emergency bus using the crosstie from Unit 2 and restore 480vac busses in accordance with QOA 6500-03, QCOP 6500-08, QOA 6700-04 and QOA 6700-01. (Determine expected bus loading currents in accordance with QCOP 6500-28) (SOER 83-6 r4)

K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 262001 A4.04 Rating: 3.6/3.7 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Synchronizing and paralleling of different A-C supplies.

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 6500-08, Rev. 24 QCOA 6600-02, Rev. 19 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM f.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 9

INITIAL CONDITIONS

- Unit 1 was operating at full power.

- Unit 2 is operating at 150 MWe in a split configuration (load is split between the UAT and RAT).

- Bus 23-1 is energized from its normal power supply.

- Bus 19 was carrying Bus 18, appropriate Tech Specs have been entered.

- A transient occurred resulting in a LOCA and drywell pressure of 5 psig.

- The Bus 13 to Bus 13-1 tie breaker has tripped.

- Bus 13-1 is de-energized.

- The 1/2 Emergency Diesel Generator failed to auto-start.

- NO immediate Operator actions have been taken.

- Hardcard use has been authorized by the Unit Supervisor.

- This JPM is NOT time critical.

INITIATING CUE Energize Bus 13-1.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Start-Up the RHRSW System With Reduced Pump Capacity JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM g (LS-001-II-F)

Revision Number: 10 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 10

2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 10

2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 05, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates.

JPM revised to match procedure revision.

Revision 06, JPM revised to match procedure revision.

Revision 07, JPM revised to reflect procedure, format and KA changes.

Revision 08, JPM revised to match procedure.

Revision 09, JPM revised to reflect procedure number change, updated formatting and K/A.

Revision 10, JPM updated for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 10

2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC any NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

(The following commands are contained in CAEP file: 2012 NRC DAY 3 JPMs.cae)

2. Insert commands for setup:

Malfunctions:

imf sw05d 80 (RHR Service Water Pump 1D Reduced Capacity) imf sw05c 80 (RHR Service Water Pump 1C Reduced Capacity)

Set triggers 5 and 6 to be true when the RHR Bldg SW Flow Select Switch is taken to Rev.

trgset 5 zdihs110014b(2) trgset 6 zdihs110014b(2)

Assign Event Triggers 5 & 6 to delete malfunction SW05D and SW05C :

trg 5 dmf sw05d trg 6 dmf sw05c Remotes:

None Overrides:

None

3. Verify the 1B RHR HX Service Cooler Flow Select switch is in the NORM position.
4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
5. This completes the setup for this JPM.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 10

2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS

- The next shift will be performing a HPCI run for engineering.

- RHRSW is not on yet, US orders both RHRSW loops started.

- No RHRSW loops have been drained and no discharge valves have been adjusted.

- An EO has already performed pre-start checks for both RHRSW pumps and everyone is clear of the area.

- This JPM is NOT time critical.

INITIATING CUE Start-up the A and B RHR Service Water Loops in preparation for HPCI run using the A and C RHR Service Water pumps per QCOP 1000-04.

Provide candidate procedure copy.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Denotes critical elements of a critical step.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 10

2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number F.1.b.(1) Verify RHR HX A SERVICE Verifies RHR HX A SERVICE ___ ___ ___

WATER FLOW is in either WATER FLOW is in either NORMAL FLOW OR NORMAL FLOW OR REVERSE REVERSE FLOW lineup. FLOW lineup.

  • F.1.b.(2) Throttle open RHR HX SW Throttles MO 1-1001-5A to at ___ ___ ___

DISCH VLV. least 40% open.

EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should make a plant announcement when starting 1A RHRSW pump.

  • F.1.b.(3) Start A RHRSW Pump on A RHRSW pump on A loop ___ ___ ___

A loop. started.

  • F.1.b.(4) Throttles RHR HX SW MO 1-1001-5A throttled to a ___ ___ ___

DISCH VLV as necessary. pump discharge pressure < 350 psig and < 3600 gpm.

F.1.b.(5) Checks process liquid rad Verifies no increase in SW rads ___ ___ ___

monitor on recorder 1-1705-12 on 901-2 Panel F.2.b.(1) Verify RHR HX B service Verifies RHR HX B SERVICE ___ ___ ___

water flow is in either WATER FLOW is in either NORMAL OR REVERSE NORMAL FLOW OR REVERSE FLOW lineup. FLOW lineup.

  • F.2.b.(2) Throttle open RHR HX SW MO 1-1001-5B throttled open to ___ ___ ___

DISCH VLV. at least 40%.

EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should make a plant announcement when starting 1C RHRSW pump.

  • F.2.b.(3) Start C RHRSW Pump on Start C RHRSW Pump on 'B' ___ ___ ___

'B' loop. loop.

SIMOP CUE: As EO, call the control room and report that C pump discharge pressure on local PI 1-1001-77C is 295 psig. It seems higher than normal.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 10

2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number EVALUATOR NOTE: The following step may not be performed if the candidate has correctly diagnosed the problem.

F.2.b.(4) Throttles RHR HX SW MO 1-1001-5B throttled to a ___ ___ ___

DISCH VLV as necessary. pump discharge pressure < 350 psig and < 3600 gpm.

Recognizes B RHR HX Recognizes B RHR HX outlet ___ ___ ___

outlet pressure is low. pressure is low and Informs US.

ROLE PLAY: As US, I understand that B RHRSW HX outlet pressure is low.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator should recognize the following conditions associated with the B RHRSW system:

High pump discharge pressure coupled with low heat exchanger outlet pressure and realize that the heat exchanger is fouled and needs to be reversed per step F.3.

If asked, concur with candidate as US to reverse flow.

This starts the alternate path of the JPM.

F.3.a. Verify A and B RHR Loop Checks status of A and B RHR ___ ___ ___

pumps are off. Loop pumps.

  • F.3.b or Verify B Loop RHR SW Secures running RHRSW pump ___ ___ ___

F.2.e.(1)&(2) pumps off. and closes MO 1-1001-5B EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate may conclude the RHRSW pump is degraded and start the other RHRSW pump. In this case, report similar parameters.

  • F.3.d. Reverses flow through Places 1B RHR HX SW flow ___ ___ ___

RHRSW Heat Exchanger. select switch to rev.

F.3.d. Verify open MO-1-1001- Verifies open MO-1-1001-186B ___ ___ ___

(1)(2) 186B and MO-1-1001-187B and MO-1-1001-187B.

F.3.d. Verify closed MO-1-1001-4B Verifies closed MO-1-1001-4B ___ ___ ___

(3)(4) and MO-1-1001-185B and MO-1-1001-185B SIM OP: Verify trigger 5 and trigger 6 went true to delete malfunctions for RHRSW pumps (dmf sw05d, dmf sw05c).

CUE: The candidate should inform you that the RHRSW Hx flow has been reversed. Inform candidate Restart RHRSW flow using the same pump on the B Loop.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 10

2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number F.2.b.(1). Verify RHR HX B service Verifies the RHR HX B Service ___ ___ ___

water flow is in either Water in REVERSE FLOW NORMAL OR REVERSE lineup.

FLOW lineup.

  • F.2.b.(2) Throttle open RHR HX SW MO 1-1001-5B throttled open to ___ ___ ___

DISCH VLV. at least 40%.

EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should make a plant announcement when starting 1C RHRSW pump.

  • F.2.b.(3) Start RHRSW Pump on 'B' 1C RHRSW Pump on 'B' loop ___ ___ ___

loop. started.

  • F.2.b.(4) Throttles RHR HX SW MO 1-1001-5B throttled to a ___ ___ ___

DISCH VLV as necessary. pump discharge pressure < 350 psig and < 3600 gpm.

F.2.b.(5) Checks process liquid rad Verifies no increase in SW ___ ___ ___

monitor. Rads on recorder 1-1705-12 on 901-2 Panel EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 10

2012 NRC JPM g - Rev 10 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Start-Up the RHRSW System With Reduced Pump Capacity JPM Number: LS-001-II-F Revision Number: 09 Task Number and

Title:

SR-1000-P01 (Freq: LIC=A) (ILT-MP) Given a reactor plant, start the RHRSW system and RHR system in torus cooling in accordance with QCOP 1000-4 and QCOP 1000-9 or QCOP 1000-30. (Important PRA Operator Action - starting torus cooling in conjunction with other actions has a RAW of 4320) (recovery of torus cooling after failure terminates 19 of top 100 core damage sequences)

K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 400000 2.1.32 Rating: 3.8/4.0 Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 1000-04, Rev. 20, RHR SERVICE WATER SYSTEM OPERATION Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 24 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM g.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 9 of 10

INITIAL CONDITIONS

- The next shift will be performing a HPCI run for engineering.

- RHRSW is not on yet, US orders both RHRSW loops started.

- No RHRSW loops have been drained and no discharge valves have been adjusted.

- An EO has already performed pre-start checks for both RHRSW pumps and everyone is clear of the area.

- This JPM is NOT time critical.

INITIATING CUE Start-up the A and B RHR Service Water Loops in preparation for HPCI run using the A and C RHR Service Water pumps per QCOP 1000-04.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Unisolate and Start the Reactor Building Ventilation System JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM h (LS-077-I)

Revision Number: 01 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 10

2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 10

2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 9 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.2 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates.

This is a new JPM that was developed for the 2009 NRC Initial License exam.

Revision 01, Updated for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 10

2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to any IC.

NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

2. Isolate the Reactor Building Ventilation system by inserting and deleting the Malfunction for Reactor Building Vent Radiation Monitor: RM02K, PROCESS RADIATION MONITORING FAILURE REAC BLDG VENT CH A:

imf RM02K 100 dmf RM02K Reset the Rx Building Vent Channel A Rad Monitor and reset annunciators 901-3 A-3 and 901-3 G-3 Place all tripped U-1 and U-2 Reactor Building fan control switches in PTL.

3. Verify the following setup conditions:

Outside air temperature approximately 80 F on Panel 912-5, TI 1-5703-12B.

4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
5. This completes the setup for this JPM.
6. Provide a copy of QCOP 5750-02 with the following steps signed off/N/Ad:

Prerequisite C.1, C.1.a - N/Ad Prerequisite C.2, C.3 - Signed off F.1.a - N/Ad F.1.b - N/Ad F.2 - N/Ad F.3, 4, 5 - N/Ad G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 10

2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 ANSO.

IMs have just completed a planned surveillance on the Reactor Building and Fuel Pool Radiation Monitors.

Outside air temperature is approximately 80 F.

The heating Boiler is NOT in operation.

Proper operation of the Unit-1 Differential Pressure Controller has been verified.

All Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans that tripped on the isolation have been placed in Pull-to-Lock (PTL).

Radiation Protection and Chemistry have been notified that Reactor Building Ventilation will be started.

INITIATING CUE Restore the Unit-1 Reactor Building Ventilation System per QCOP 5750-02. Restart all Unit 1 Reactor Building Ventilation fans that have been placed in Pull-To-Lock.

Another operator will restart the Unit-2 Reactor Building Ventilation fans as necessary.

Inform the Unit supervisor when the Unit-1 Reactor Building ventilation has been returned to a normal operating lineup.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Denotes critical elements of a critical step.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 10

2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number EVALUATOR NOTE: Provide the candidate with the prepared copy of QCOP 5750-02.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Step F.1a and F.1.b are not applicable because, per the Turnover, the U-1 DPC was verified in operation and the heating boiler is not operating.

F.1.c If recovering from a manual or Group II isolation signal is reset. ___ ___ ___

(1) automatic RB Vent isolation, Verifies the following THEN: annunciators are NOT in alarm:

Verify all isolation signals are 901-3 G-3 reset.

901-3 A-3 901-5 A-8 901-5 B-5 F.1.c Verify RB Vent ( Supply and On Panel 912-5, control switch ___ ___ ___

(2) Exhaust fans) control switch positions for all tripped Reactor targets are GREEN or are in Building Vent Fans are GREEN PTL. or are in PTL.

EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate may chose to open both Units Isolation Dampers.

However since the task is to restore Unit 1 ventilation, critical steps apply to Unit 1 components only.

F.1.c Momentarily place U1 and U2 At the 912-1 Panel: ___ ___ ___

(3) RX BLDG INLT ISOL DMPRS Momentarily places the 1-5741-control switch to CLOSE. 196A HS to CLOSE AND 2-5741-196A HS to CLOSE.

F.1.c Momentarily place U1 and U2 A the 912-1 panel: ___ ___ ___

(4) RX BLDG OUTLT ISOL Momentarily places the 1-5741-DMPRS control switch to 250A HS to CLOSE AND CLOSE. 2-5741-250A HS to CLOSE.

CUE: The RB Vent Isolation can also be reset at a local panel. If the candidate tries to contact an EO to perform this task, Role Play as necessary. All EOs are busy at this time.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 10

2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number

  • F.1.c Reset the RB Vent Isolation. At the 912-1 panel: ___ ___ ___

(5) Presses the U1 and U2 ISOL DAMPER RESET pushbuttons.

  • F.1.c Open the RB Isolation Momentarily places the ___ ___ ___

(6) Dampers. following control switches at the 912-1 panel to OPEN:

1-5741-196A HS 1-5741-250A HS 2-5741-196A HS 2-5741-250A HS F.1.d Verify OPEN indication for the Verifies the red OPEN lights are ___ ___ ___

U1 and U2 RB isolation lit for the following dampers:

dampers on 912-1 panel. AO 1-5741A AO 1-5741B AO 1-5742A AO 1-5742B AO 2-5741A AO 2-5741B AO 2-5742A AO 2-5742B EVALUATOR: Per the NOTE preceding these next two steps, the exhaust and supply fans` are to be started simultaneously to minimize dP swings.

  • F.1.e Start one RB EXH FAN, then Simultaneously places the ___ ___ ___

one RB SUPPLY FAN. Control Switches for a U1 Reactor Building Exhaust Fan and a Reactor Building Supply Fan to the ON position and holds for at least 5 seconds until current indication stabilizes.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 10

2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number

  • F.1.f Start a second RB EXH FAN, Simultaneously places the ___ ___ ___

then a second RB SUPPLY Control Switches for a U1 FAN. Reactor Building Exhaust Fan and a Reactor Building Supply Fan to the ON position and holds for at least 5 seconds until current indication stabilizes.

F.1.g Verify RX Building dP RX Building dP verified to be ___ ___ ___

-0.1 to -0.25 H2O. -0.1 to -0.25 H2O, 912-5 dPI 1-5740-22, RX BLDG TO ATMOS DP.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Rx Bldg D/P may be less than -.25# H2O. This condition will be corrected when U2 RB vents are returned to Normal by another operator. If necessary, inform the candidate that the U2 NSO will correct it when U2 RB vents are started.

F.1.h Place the standby Supply and Places / verifies green targets ___ ___ ___

Exhaust Fan control switches for the remaining U-1 Supply to AUTO-AFTER-OFF. (green and Exhaust fans.

target)

CUE: If the candidate starts to restore Unit-2 fans, remind the candidate that another operator will restart the Unit-2 fans as necessary.

EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 10

2012 NRC JPM h - Rev 01 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Unisolate and Start the Reactor Building Ventilation System JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM h Revision Number: 01 Task Number and

Title:

SR-5750-P03 Given an operating reactor plant following a reactor building ventilation isolation, unisolate and start the reactor building ventilation system IAW QCOP 5750-02.

K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 288000 A4.01 Rating: 3.1/2.9 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Start and stop fans Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 5750-02, Rev. 20, Reactor Building Ventilation System Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 00 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM h.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 9 of 10

INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 ANSO.

IMs have just completed a planned surveillance on the Reactor Building and Fuel Pool Radiation Monitors.

Outside air temperature is approximately 80 F.

The heating Boiler is NOT in operation.

Proper operation of the Unit-1 Differential Pressure Controller has been verified.

All Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans that tripped on the isolation have been placed in Pull-to-Lock (PTL).

Radiation Protection and Chemistry have been notified that Reactor Building Ventilation will be started.

INITIATING CUE Restore the Unit-1 Reactor Building Ventilation System per QCOP 5750-02. Restart all Unit 1 Reactor Building Ventilation fans that have been placed in Pull-To-Lock.

Another operator will restart the Unit-2 Reactor Building Ventilation fans as necessary.

Inform the Unit supervisor when the Unit-1 Reactor Building ventilation has been returned to a normal operating lineup.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Inject Water Into the RPV Using the Condensate System Crosstie JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM i (LP-001-II)

Revision Number: 07 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 8

2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 8

2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates.

JPM revised to match procedure changes.

Revision 01, JPM revised to match procedure changes.

Revision 02, JPM revised to update estimated times.

Revision 03, JPM revised to match procedure changes.

Revision 04, JPM revised to update estimated times.

Revision 05, JPM revised to update procedure reference.

Revision 06, JPM revised to update procedure reference.

Revision 07, JPM updated for the 2012 ILT NRC Exam.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 8

2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 INITIAL CONDITIONS

- Problems have developed on Unit 2(1) which require the Alternate Injection Systems to be lined-up in order to restore reactor water level.

- The Unit Supervisor has directed you to inject water from the Unit 1(2) Condensate system into the Unit 2(1) reactor using the Condensate system crosstie in accordance with QCOP 3300-12 as directed by QGA 100.

- The Unit 1(2) Condensate pumps are operating normally.

- The Unit 1 and 2 NSOs are aware of the situation and are standing by to monitor parameters in the Control Room.

- There are no Condensate Demin backwashes in progress on either unit.

- You have obtained an S-key and are ready to perform the task.

- This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE Line-up the Condensate System crosstie and begin restoring Unit 2(1) reactor level IAW QCOP 3300-12.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Denotes critical elements of a critical step.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 8

2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number EVALUATOR NOTE: Provide the candidate with a copy of QCOP 3300-12.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Per OP-AA-103-105, if the candidate elects to manually close the outlet valves, the breakers should first be opened. Given the importance of restoring vessel level it is not considered vital that this is done (however, it should be discussed with the candidate at the conclusion of the walkthroughs). If the candidate does open the breakers, cue him that all outlet valve breakers are open.

  • F.2.a.(1) Close U-2(1) Demin outlet At U-2(1) cond demin panels ___ ___ ___

or valves E on all demins (2252(1)-11 & 116) depresses

  • F.2.a.(2) A through H cond demin OR outlet vlv close pushbuttons or Manually close MO 1(2)- locates all outlet MOs, 3302 cond F/D vessel vlv for depresses declutch lever, and all demins. rotates handwheel clockwise.

(MO 2(1)-3302A through H)

CUE: Point to the Demin Outlet Valve (E) indicating lights and state, Closed lights are lit. (Or, if manually closed, state, The handwheel will not rotate any further, threads are visible on the stem.)

F.2.b. Verify closed 2(1)-3303 cond At U-2(1) cond demin panel ___ ___ ___

demin bypass valve. verifies green light lit (MO 2(1)-

3303) or locally, at the bypass valve, verifies green light lit, (near MO 2(1)-3303) or contacts CR to verify closed.

CUE: Point to light and state, The light is lit or CR reports U-2(1) demin byp vlv is closed.

  • F.2.c. Open 1-5599-68 U-1 cond Locates and rotates the 1-5599- ___ ___ ___

hdr to 1/2 backwash hdr sv. 68 vlv handwheel counter-clockwise. (South of U-1 PC TK)

CUE: Point to the handwheel and state, The valve handwheel will not rotate any further.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 8

2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number F.2.d. Verify MO 2(1)-3205A & MO Contacts CR to verify MO 2(1)- ___ ___ ___

2(1)-3205B U-2(1) Rx FW 3205A AND B are open.

inlet vlvs open.

CUE: Report as NSO that, The U-2(1) feedwater inlet valves are open.

F.2.e. Verify MO 2(1)-3201A, MO Contacts CR to verify MO 2(1)- ___ ___ ___

2(1)-3201B or MO 2(1)- 3201A, B, OR C are open.

3201C U-2(1) RFP disch valve open.

CUE: Report back as NSO that, The A & B RFP disch valves are open.

F.2.f. Verify 2(1)-640-19A, 2(1)- Contacts CR to verify all 3 ___ ___ ___

640-19B, 2(1)-640-20 FWRVs are in manual and FWRVs in manual and closed.

closed.

CUE: Report back as NSO that, All FWRVs are in manual and closed.

  • F.2.g. Throttle open 2-5599-68 U- Locates, unlocks, and rotates ___ ___ ___

2 cond hdr to 1/2 backwash the U-2 2-5599-68 valve hdr sv. handwheel counterclockwise (20 East of U-1 cond demin panel) and informs CR that line-up is complete, they may begin injection.

CUE: Point to the 2-5599-68 handwheel and state, The valve handwheel will not rotate any further. (After contacting the CR) the CR has opened the low flow reg valve and U-2(1) Rx level is inc.

EVALUATOR NOTE: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 8

2012 NRC JPM i - Rev 07 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

inject Water Into the RPV Using the Condensate System Crosstie JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM i Revision Number: 07 Task Number and

Title:

SRN-3300-P07 (Freq: LIC=B NF=B) Given a reactor plant in a QGA condition, locally crosstie the unit condensate systems to inject into the RPV in accordance with QCOP 3300-12.

K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 295031 EA1.11 Rating: 4.1/4.1 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Condensate.

Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOP 3300-12, Rev. 11, Injection Into the Reactor Using the Condensate System Crosstie OP-AA-103-105, Rev. 01, Limitorque Motor Operated Valve Operations Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 17 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM i.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 8

INITIAL CONDITIONS

- Problems have developed on Unit 2(1) which require the Alternate Injection Systems to be lined-up in order to restore reactor water level.

- The Unit Supervisor has directed you to inject water from the Unit 1(2) Condensate system into the Unit 2(1) reactor using the Condensate system crosstie in accordance with QCOP 3300-12 as directed by QGA 100.

- The Unit 1(2) Condensate pumps are operating normally.

- The Unit 1 and 2 NSOs are aware of the situation and are standing by to monitor parameters in the Control Room.

- There are no Condensate Demin backwashes in progress on either unit.

- You have obtained an S-key and are ready to perform the task.

- This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE Line-up the Condensate System crosstie and begin restoring Unit 2(1) reactor level IAW QCOP 3300-12.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Energize the B RPS Bus with Normal Power JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM j (LP-008-I)

Revision Number: 18 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 10

2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME/Instructor Date SME/Instructor Date SME/Instructor Date NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 10

2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 13, JPM revised to match procedure changes.

Revision 14, JPM revised to match procedure changes.

Revision 15, JPM revised to match procedure changes.

Revision 16, JPM revised to match procedure revision.

Revision 17, Fixed typos on pages 4, 6, 7, and 10. Revised K/A importance values and revised procedure revision number.

Revision 18, Updated for 2012 ILT NRC Exam.

NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 10

2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 INITIAL CONDITIONS

- Unit 1(2) is operating steady state at 30% power in Mode 1.

- RPS B is currently being powered from its reserve power supply due to repairs on the B MG set.

- The B RPS MG set has been repaired and returned to service, but is NOT running.

- The Unit Supervisor and Unit NSO have been notified of the B RPS transfer.

- No surveillances are in progress which would result in a half scram.

- All MSIV DC power indicating lights on the 901(2)-61 & 62 panels have been verified illuminated.

- The SRM shorting links have been verified installed.

- EMs verified the DC solenoid currents are between 45 - 70 mA DC at the 901(2)-3 panel.

- Relays 1(2)-0595-107A and 1(2)-0595-107B have been verified energized.

- The Main feed breaker to the B MG set at MCC 19-2(29-2) compartment D4 has been closed.

- The key is already in the lock due to being on reserve feed.

- The 1(2) A and B RWCU demins have been placed on HOLD per QCOP 1200-03.

- OPRM Jumpers have been installed on RPS A.

- This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE Place the Unit ____ B RPS bus on its normal power supply, and verify proper operation per QOP 7000-01.

Provide examinee with:

QOP 7000-01 Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 10

2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Denotes critical elements of a critical step.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section at the bottom of the page. The comment section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 10

2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD EVALUATOR: Note the position of the VOLTAGE SELECTOR switch on the B RPS Bus Control Panel in order to provide the appropriate cues. If it is selected to the BUS position, then the voltmeter will be indicating 120 volts due to the bus being on reserve power. If it is selected to the GEN position, then the voltmeter will be indicating 0 volts UNTIL the MG set is started and the AUX RESET pushbutton is depressed. The MG set will trip on undervoltage if the Auxiliary Reset P.B. is pushed prior to the MG set attaining full speed (about 35 seconds).

  • F.1.b.(1) Close Motor Starter control Positions B MG set CS to ___ ___ ___

switch. close.

CUE: Point to MG set red running light and state: This light is lit.

F.1.b.(3) Place Voltage Transfer Positions Voltage Transfer ___ ___ ___

Switch in GEN position. Switch in GEN position.

CUE: Point to GEN on the voltage transfer switch and state: The control switch is in this position.

  • F.1.b.(4) Wait 60 seconds after 60 seconds after starting the B ___ ___ ___

starting RPS MG Set, then MG Set, depress aux. Reset PB press Auxiliary Reset Button & holds 10 seconds.

and hold until the voltage builds up (approximately 10 seconds).

CUE: After they indicate expected voltage, then point to 120 on the voltmeter and state voltage indicates here.

F.1.b.(5)(a) Verify the POWER IN Verifies 1B-1 (2B-1) EPA ___ ___ ___

indicator on EPA 1B-1 (2B-1) Power In light lit.

is lit.

CUE: Point to Power In light and state: This light is lit.

  • F.1.b.(5)(b) Close circuit breaker Positions 1B-1 (2B-1) EPA ___ ___ ___

1B-1 (2B-1). breaker to close.

NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 10

2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD F.1.b.(5)(c) Verify power out indicator lit Verifies 1B-1 (2B-1) EPA ___ ___ ___

on EPA 1B-1 (2B-1). Power Out light lit.

CUE: Point to Power Out light and state: This light is lit.

F.1.b.(6)(a) Verify POWER IN indicator Verifies 1B-2 (2B-2) EPA ___ ___ ___

on EPA 1B-2 (2B-2) is lit. Power In light lit.

CUE: Point to Power In light and state: This light is lit.

  • F.1.b.(6)(b) Close circuit breaker 1B-2 Positions 1B-2 (2B-2) EPA ___ ___ ___

(2B-2). breaker to close.

F.1.b.(6)(c) Verify power out indicator lit Verifies 1B-2 (2B-2) Power ___ ___ ___

on EPA 1B-2 (2B-2). Out light lit.

CUE: Point to Power Out light and state: This light is lit.

EVALUATOR: The candidate may elect to call the control room to inform them that the B RPS bus is about to be deenergized, if so, provide the necessary cues.

  • F.1.b.(7) Open the reserve feed At RPS B panel opens reserve ___ ___ ___

circuit breaker at the RPS feed breaker. (Key already in panel. lock.)

CUE: Breaker is open.

EVALUATOR: The candidate should wait at least 5 seconds before closing the normal Feed Breaker to prevent an Unknown mode failure of the MSL Rad Monitor. If he/she does not, this should be a remediation item and noted on this JPM.

  • F.1.b.(9) Close the normal feed circuit At RPS B panel closes the ___ ___ ___

breaker. normal feed breaker.

CUE: Breaker is closed.

F.1.b.(10) Verify the RPS generator and Positions VOLTAGE ___ ___ ___

bus voltages are normal, 114 SELECTOR switch to BUS &

to 121 VAC. GEN positions & verifies both between 114 and 121 volts.

NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 10

2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD CUE: If asked, point to 120 volts on the volt meter.

F.1.b.(11) Lock the reserve feed Positions key to move bolt over ___ ___ ___

breaker in the OFF position. reserve feed breaker and removes key.

F.1.b.(12) Return key to Shift Key returned to SM cabinet. ___ ___ ___

Managers key cabinet.

CUE: You have received a call from the Control Room stating the NSO will perform Step F.1.c.

EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 10

2012 NRC JPM j - Rev 18 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Energize the B RPS Bus with Normal Power JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM j Revision Number: 18 Task Number and

Title:

SN-0500-P04 (Freq: LIC=I NF=I) Given an operating reactor plant following an inadvertent trip of an RPS MG set, place the RPS bus on reserve power, restart the MG set and transfer the RPS bus from reserve power to the MG set in accordance with QOP 7000-01. (Note: QOP 7000-01 prerequisites are met) (Per 2006 3rd Quarter LORT CRC, this task has been selected to be testable to Reactor Operators.)

K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 212000 A2.02 Rating: 3.7/3.9 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions on operations: RPS Bus power supply failure Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QOP 7000-1, Rev. 46, REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM MG SETS Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 13.5 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

NRC JPM j.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 9 of 10

INITIAL CONDITIONS

- Unit 1(2) is operating steady state at 30% power in Mode 1.

- RPS B is currently being powered from its reserve power supply due to repairs on the B MG set.

- The B RPS MG set has been repaired and returned to service, but is NOT running.

- The Unit Supervisor and Unit NSO have been notified of the B RPS transfer.

- No surveillances are in progress which would result in a half scram.

- All MSIV DC power indicating lights on the 901(2)-61 & 62 panels have been verified illuminated.

- The SRM shorting links have been verified installed.

- EMs verified the DC solenoid currents are between 45 - 70 mA DC at the 901(2)-3 panel.

- Relays 1(2)-0595-107A and 1(2)-0595-107B have been verified energized.

- The Main feed breaker to the B MG set at MCC 19-2(29-2) compartment D4 has been closed.

- The key is already in the lock due to being on reserve feed.

- The 1(2) A and B RWCU demins have been placed on HOLD per QCOP 1200-03.

- OPRM Jumpers have been installed on RPS A.

- This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE Place the Unit ____ B RPS bus on its normal power supply, and verify proper operation per QOP 7000-01.

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on Alternate Feed JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM k (LP-005-I)

Revision Number: 14 Date: 03/04/2012 Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date NRC JPM k.doc SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 1 of 8

2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 through 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 8

2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 07, This JPM is developed IAW guidelines established in NUREG 1021 Rev 8 ES-301 and Appendix C. This JPM meets the criteria of Category B.1 "Control Room Systems," for RO/SRO candidates.

JPM revised to match procedure changes.

Revision 08, JPM revised to reflect procedure changes.

Revision 09, JPM revised to update cues.

Revision 10, JPM revised to update procedure rev number referenced. No change to content.

Revision 11, JPM revised by adding an evaluator note before step D.3.a OR D.4.a and correcting grammar mistakes.

Revision 12, JPM revised to update time and fix grammatical errors.

Revision 13, JPM/procedure step numbering changed.

Revision 14, JPM updated for 2012 ILT NRC Exam and restricted to Unit 1 only due to physical constraints encountered during administration on Unit 2.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 8

2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 INITIAL CONDITIONS

- You are an extra EO.

- The U-1 diesel generator is running due to a loss of normal power to Bus 14-1.

- The diesel generator cooling water pump is running, however, an EO has found that the DGCWP cubicle coolers are NOT running.

- The 2B Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is NOT running.

- The 2A Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is running.

- An EO is standing by in the DGCWP vault.

- This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on its alternate feed in order to provide power to the cubicle coolers.

Provide examinee with:

Copy of QCOA 6600-11.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Denotes critical elements of a critical step.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 8

2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number CUE: Provide a copy of QCOA 6600-11.

  • D.1.b. Select the DGCWP Positions selector switch to the ___ ___ ___

position. DGCWP position inside 2252-99 panel (behind bus 29).

CUE: Point to DGCWP position and state, The switch is here.

CUE: If asked, an ECCS initiation signal is not present.

EVALUATOR: The amber light on the 99 panel will not illuminate until the FPCWP bkr is closed in the following 2 steps.

D.1.d. Check 2B FPCWP bkr Looks at 2B FPCWP bkr ___ ___ ___

position. window to determine bkr position.

CUE: Point to FPCWP bkr indicator and state, The bkr indicates open.

  • D.1.d.(1) Obtain local pushbutton Obtains a local PB controller ___ ___ ___

control. from behind bus 29 & insert into 2B FPCWP receptacle on bus 29 Cubicle 1A.

CUE: (Do not allow the yellow seal on the door to the pigtail pushbutton to be broken)

Point to FPCWP breaker receptacle and state, The local controller is in the receptacle.

  • D.1.d.(2) Close the FPCWP breaker. Depresses closed PB on local ___ ___ ___

cont.

CUE: Point to closed PB and state, The PB has been depressed.

EVALUATOR: If the candidate looks at the FPCWP breaker and asks for position indication, then point to the indicator window and state, The breaker indicates closed.

If asked, the amber light on the 99 panel is now lit. The DGCWP and coolers will NOT swap feeds until the DGCWP is tripped.

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 8

2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number D.1.e. Verify amber light is lit. Verifies amber light on 2252-99 ___ ___ ___

panel behind bus 29.

CUE: Point to amber light and state, The amber light is lit.

  • D.1.f. Trip DGCWP normal feed. Positions DGCWP CS ( at ___ ___ ___

2251-37 panel in DG room) to trip.

CUE: Point to the green light on the 37 panel and state, The green light is lit.

D.1.g. Verify amber lights lit. Verifies amber lights lit on 2251- ___ ___ ___

98 (in DG room).

CUE: Point to amber lights on the 98 panel and state, All 3 amber lights are lit.

D.1.h. Verify DGCWP is operating. Verifies from local operator or ___ ___ ___

room indications, or from control room, pump is on.

CUE: Role play as local operator, point to indicators to show flow and state, DGCWP is running.

D.1.i. Verify cubicle coolers are Verifies from local operator A ___ ___ ___

operating. and B coolers are running.

CUE: Role play as local operator and state, Diesel Generator 1 Cubicle Coolers A and B are operating.

EVALUATOR: The candidate should inform you that the task is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 8

2012 NRC JPM k - Rev 14 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on Alternate Feed JPM Number: 2012 NRC JPM k Revision Number: 14 Task Number and

Title:

SRN-6600-P05 (Freq: LIC=B NF=B) Given a reactor plant in an accident condition and loss of the normal power supply to the Unit 1 (Unit 2) DG cooling water pump, locally transfer the Unit 1 (Unit 2) DG cooling water pump to the alternate supply and start the pump in accordance with QCOA 6600-11.

K/A Number and Importance: K/A: 264000 2.1.30 Rating: 4.4/4.0 Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls.

Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): QCOA 6600-11, Rev. 10, Loss of Normal Power Feed to the Diesel Generator 1(2) Cooling Water Pump and Cubicle Coolers A and B Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 23 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

G:\DRSIII\License Examinations\2012\Quad Cities\AS GIVEN EXAM\JPMs\NRC JPM k.docSRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 8

INITIAL CONDITIONS

- You are an extra EO.

- The U-1 diesel generator is running due to a loss of normal power to Bus 14-1(24-1).

- The diesel generator cooling water pump is running, however, an EO has found that the DGCWP cubicle coolers are NOT running.

- The 2B Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is NOT running.

- The 2A Fuel Pool Cooling Water Pump is running.

- An EO is standing by in the DGCWP vault.

- This JPM is not time critical.

INITIATING CUE Place the U-1 Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump on its alternate feed in order to provide power to the cubicle coolers.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML12174A148&oldid=2461888"